Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Department Stores / Myer Holdings Ltd / FY2014 Annual Report

Myer Holdings Ltd
Annual Report 2014

MYR · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MYR
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Department Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Myer Holdings Ltd
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   1

8/10/14   1:05 PM

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   2

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Our customers are at 
the core of our business

Myer strives to be customers’ number one destination when it comes to fashion, cosmetics, and the home.  
Our strategy provides a clear direction for us to continually delight our customers when they engage with us,  
whether it is in a store or online.

Contents

Chairman and CEO Report  

Operating and Financial Review  

Sustainability 

Board of Directors  

Management Team  

Corporate Governance Statement  

Page 04

Page 06

Page 22

Page 26

Page 28

Page 30

Directors’ Report  

Remuneration Report  

Financial Report  

Auditor’s Independence Declaration  

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Shareholder Information 

Corporate Directory  

Page 42

Page 47

Page 68

Page 114

Page 115

Page 117

Page 119

Annual General Meeting
The fifth Annual General Meeting of Myer Holdings Limited will be held  
on Friday 21 November 2014 at 11.00am (Melbourne time).
Mural Hall
Level 6, Myer Melbourne Store
Bourke Street Mall, Melbourne VIC 3000

Myer Holdings Limited ABN 14 119 085 602

Front cover image: Myer Adelaide 
Left page top to bottom: Team member and customer; Homewares, Myer Adelaide; 
Childrenswear, Myer, Emporium Melbourne.

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   3

8/10/14   1:05 PM

CHAIRMAN AND  
CEO REPORT

Paul McClintock AO and Bernie Brookes

was able to maintain total sales of $3,143 million.  
On a comparable store sales basis, sales increased by  
1.2 percent. It is encouraging that comparable store sales 
have now grown in eight of the last nine quarters, which 
points to our ability to successfully execute our strategy.  
Best performing categories for the year were Cosmetics, 
Women’s Footwear and Handbags, Miss Shop (Youth),  
and Appliances. Myer Exclusive Brands grew by a further  
1.7 percent to $638.2 million.

We reported a 22.6 percent fall in net profit after tax (NPAT), 
reflecting a drop in operating gross profit and a previously 
flagged increase in the cash cost of doing business  
(cash CODB). The 57 basis point reduction in operating gross 
profit margin was predominantly driven by the impact of 
the depreciation of the Australian dollar on Myer Exclusive 
Brands, as well as our increased investment in product 
development. The competitive nature of the market, 
particularly during the second half, restricted our ability  
to pass on these cost increases. Cash CODB increased by  
3.3 percent to $1,033 million. This increase partly reflects  
the annualisation of the transition of our store wages penalty 
structure in accordance with the Fair Work Act, as well as a 
targeted investment in additional store labour hours. 

The results include the acquisition in the first half of the 
remaining 35 percent of the sass & bide business for  
$33 million. We now own 100 percent of the sass & bide 
business, which once again delivered sales growth  
during the year. 

Recognising Myer’s continued strong cash generation and 
stable balance sheet, the Board has determined a fully 
franked final dividend of 5.5 cents per share, taking the 
full year dividend to 14.5 cents per share. This represents 
a payout ratio of 86 percent and reflects the Board’s 
confidence in the outlook for the business in FY2015.

Myer made a confidential and conditional proposal  
to David Jones in October 2013 for a merger of equals,  
which at the time we believed had strategic merits and 
potential value accretion for both sets of shareholders.  
The bid subsequently became public; however Myer 
withdrew in April 2014, following the announcement  
of Woolworths’ (South Africa) bid for David Jones.

Paul McClintock AO (left) and Bernie Brookes (right)

During the past year Myer has continued to evolve our 
strategy, and in parallel, invest in the business to lay strong 
foundations for future growth. We have a long history 
of serving Australians in stores across the country from 
Cairns to Bendigo and a solid track record of nurturing 
Australian fashion and design. With our ongoing investment 
in key areas such as our store network, online capability, 
merchandise offer, and brand portfolio, we are well placed  
to build on our position as a world class department store  
in an increasingly global market place.
Financial performance 
The full year sales result for the financial year (ended 26 July 
2014) was encouraging in a challenging year impacted by 
significant planned investment to reposition the business. 
The investment was focused in the areas of our store 
network, omni-channel, and Myer Exclusive Brands.  
As expected, our investment in the business during the  
year adversely affected performance and profitability; 
however, we look forward to the benefits of our  
investments beginning to be realised in FY2015.

The external environment was characterised by subdued 
consumer sentiment throughout the year due in part to the 
change in Federal Government and uncertainty surrounding 
subsequent budget measures. In addition, there continued 
to be strong competition from both international and online 
retailers, along with the depreciation in the value of the 
Australian dollar which impacted margins.

Despite four of our top 25 stores undergoing major 
refurbishment and two store closures at Dandenong 
(Victoria) and Elizabeth (South Australia), the business  

04  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   4

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Evolving our strategy 
During the year we continued to invest in our strategy,  
which places the customer at the core of our business.  
Our customer service offer was further strengthened with 
the addition of a new digital customer feedback program, 
the expansion of personal shopping services from 14 to 29 
stores and into menswear, the delivery of enhanced in-store 
theatre and experiences, the launch of online booking 
services, and additional team member training programs.  
Another exciting initiative was the rollout of customised 
iPads to all stores, enabling our team members to offer 
customers a significantly expanded product range via  
a Myer app on the iPads. 

During the year we were delighted to attract a significant 
number of exciting new Australian and international brands  
to Myer including Alex Perry, Scotch & Soda, White Suede,  
M.J. Bale, and Herringbone, further reinforcing our position as 
customers’ first choice for fashion. Our Myer Exclusive Brands 
remain an integral part of our merchandise strategy, and we 
have optimised the range for our customers by consolidating 
some brands, developing key master brands, exiting some 
smaller brands, and enhancing our design, speed to market, 
and product development capabilities. 

In August 2014 our loyalty program MYER one celebrated 
its 10th anniversary. The program is a key competitive 
advantage for Myer, with more than five million loyalty cards 
distributed since the program commenced and sales from 
MYER one members representing more than $2 billion of 
overall sales in FY2014. This year, we again distributed a total 
of over $50 million in Rewards Cards to members, with the 
average spend on redemption reaching a new high of four 
times the card value. 

We invested significantly in improving our omni-channel 
capability to provide customers with more choice in  
when, where, and how they shop with us. This investment 
delivered positive results, with online sales growth of more 
than 100 percent during the year, supported by improved 
fulfilment with the opening of our dedicated online 
distribution centre in Melbourne (Victoria). 

During the year we continued to invest in our store network to 
enhance our customers’ experience. The major refurbishments 
at our stores in Adelaide (South Australia), Indooroopilly 
(Queensland), and Macquarie (New South Wales) are now 
complete, and in May 2014 we opened our new space at 
Emporium Melbourne (Victoria), which adjoins our CBD 
flagship store. The refurbishment at the Miranda  
(New South Wales) store is expected to be completed by 
Christmas this year. In FY2015, we look forward to realising the 
benefits from our completed refurbishments and new stores 
at Mt Gravatt (Queensland) which opened in October 2014 
and Joondalup (Western Australia), which is scheduled to 
open before Christmas 2014. 
Our people and community 
Our 13,000 team members continue to be our greatest 
strength. Their commitment and dedication is absolutely 
critical to our business, and we would like to thank our team 
for their continued hard work throughout the year. 

In February 2014 the Board announced the reappointment 
of Bernie Brookes as Myer CEO and Managing Director.  
The Board considers that Bernie’s passion for Myer and his 
strong leadership will ensure the business is well placed 
to achieve its potential. In February 2014 we appointed 
two new directors to the Board, Ian Cornell and Bob Thorn, 

who both have extensive retail expertise. In July 2014 we 
announced the retirement of Peter Hay from the Board, and 
we would like to thank him for his valuable contribution 
during the past four years. We also continued to strengthen 
our leadership team with the appointments of Daniel 
Bracken as Chief Merchandise and Marketing Officer, Richard 
Umbers as Chief Information and Supply Chain Officer, 
and Gary Williams as Executive General Manager Strategic 
Planning and Business Development, who will support 
the successful execution of our strategy. We look forward 
to leveraging the valuable insights of our strengthened 
leadership team as we continue to evolve our strategy. 

This year marks 80 years since the passing of our founder 
Sidney Myer. We have ensured that his strong philanthropic 
legacy continues throughout the Myer business today. 
Through the Myer Stores Community Fund, we have 
supported more than 100 local and national charities this 
year. The Myer Board and management team continue to 
foster the well established relationships that exist within our 
local communities, and we remain committed to minimising 
our impact on the environment. Our Sustainability Report 
is available from our website, myer.com.au/investor, 
and contains further information about our community 
involvement and sustainable business practices. 

We were delighted to re-sign Jennifer Hawkins as  
the Face of Myer, and Kris Smith as a Myer brand ambassador. 
We also announced international model and television 
personality, Kate Peck, as a new Myer brand ambassador. 
FY2015 and beyond 
As we move into FY2015 we expect to begin realising the 
benefits of recent investments and a number of strategic 
initiatives. We see this as a time of opportunity and will 
continue to invest in the important areas of omni-channel, 
our people, Myer Exclusive Brands, customer service 
innovation, and refreshing the Myer brand, to position  
Myer at the forefront of a rapidly changing and competitive 
retail environment. 

We remain confident in the strength of Myer, the quality 
of the Myer team, and in our ability to capitalise on the 
significant opportunities ahead.

We thank all our shareholders for their ongoing support  
and look forward to seeing you at our Annual General 
Meeting in November. 

Paul McClintock AO 
Chairman

Bernie Brookes 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

05  Chairman and CEO Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   5

8/10/14   1:05 PM

OPERATING AND  
FINANCIAL REVIEW
About Myer

Myer is an iconic Australian brand with a rich heritage of style, fashion, 
and community engagement spanning over 100 years.

Myer department stores
We pride ourselves on our strong Australian heritage, 
having been an essential part of our customers’ lives for over 
100 years with a committed history of philanthropy and 
community engagement.

Our merchandise offer includes: Womenswear; Menswear; 
Miss Shop (Youth); Childrenswear; Intimate apparel; 
Cosmetics; Women’s Footwear, handbags and accessories; 
Homewares; Entertainment; Toys; Furniture; and  
General merchandise. 

With 67 stores located in prime retail locations across 
Australia, 13,000 team members, an engaged and loyal 
customer base, and complementary e-commerce, digital 
and mobile platforms, we are well placed to build on our 
position as a leading department store group.

sass & bide
Myer Holdings Limited has owned 100 percent of the  
sass & bide business since September 2013. sass & bide  
is an exciting womenswear brand offering unique and 
individual designs through a full range of ready-to-wear 
apparel, denim, and intimates in 26 standalone boutiques 
and in 22 Myer stores. The range is also available overseas  
in selected department stores, specialised boutiques,  
and global e-tailers, while the online store delivers to  
New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States. 

With a strong wholesale business established in key 
international markets, our focus is on enhancing and 
leveraging the sass & bide e-commerce offer and 
expanding the retail business across new markets  
and categories.

Womenswear - Myer Adelaide

06    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   6

8/10/14   1:05 PM

67

MYER stores  
across Australia

PERTH

Joondalup 

Karrinyup 

Perth City 

Garden City 

Morley 

Carousel 

WA

BRISBANE

North Lakes 

Brookside 

Indooroopilly 

Mt Gravatt 

Chermside 
Brisbane City 
Carindale 

Darwin 

NT

SA

Loganholme

Coomera 
Pacific Fair 

Robina 

Cairns 

Townsville 

Mackay 

QLD

NSW & ACT

Maroochydore 

BRISBANE
Toowoomba 

ADELAIDE

PERTH

ADELAIDE

Dubbo 
Orange 

MELBOURNE

VIC
Bendigo 
Ballarat 
Geelong 

Belconnen

Wagga 

Canberra 

Albury 
MELBOURNE

Green Hills
Tuggerah
Erina 

Charlestown 

SYDNEY
Wollongong 
Shellharbour 

Tea Tree Plaza 

Adelaide City 

Marion 

Colonnades 

Highpoint 

Melbourne City 

Northland 

Doncaster 

Eastland 

Werribee 

Chadstone 

Southland 

Frankston 

Knox City 

Fountain
Gate 

Launceston 

TAS

Hobart 

SYDNEY

Penrith 

Castle Hill 

Blacktown 

Parramatta 

Hornsby 

Macquarie 

Bankstown 

Top Ryde

Liverpool 

Roselands 
Hurstville 
Miranda 

Warringah 

Chatswood 

Sydney City 
Bondi 
Eastgardens 

INDICATIVE NEW STORES 
Anticipated opening (subject to variation and review)  
• FY2015  • FY2016  • FY2017

STORE CLOSURES 
Dandenong, Victoria (Oct 2013) 
Elizabeth, South Australia (Feb 2014) 
Hurstville, New South Wales (early 2015)

• Existing stores 
• Recently opened

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   7

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Operating gross profit margin (%)*

41.23

41.48

40.91

39.50

38.61

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

SALES IN FY2014

+1.2%

ON A COMPARABLE 
STORES BASIS

Total sales ($b)

Net profit after tax ($m)

3.14

3.14

3.12

3.16

Earnings per share (cents)

16.8

21.8

23.9

3.28

27.9

29.0

98.5

127.2

139.3

Full year dividends (cents)

14.5

18.0

19.0

FY14 

FY13 

FY12 

FY11

FY10

FY14

FY13 

FY12 

FY11 

FY10

162.7

168.7

22.5

22.0

42.0

41.0

40.0

39.0

38.0

37.0

FY14 

FY13 

FY12 

FY11

FY10

FY14

FY13 

FY12 

FY11 

FY10

Financial summary (million)

Sales

Operating gross profit*

Operating gross profit margin*

Cash cost of doing business (cash CODB)* 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation (EBITDA) 

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 

Net profit after tax (NPAT) after non-controlling interest

FY2014

FY2013

Change

$3,143.0

$1,285.9

40.91%

$1,033.3

$252.6

$160.3

$98.5

$3,144.9

$1,304.5

41.48%

$999.9

$304.6

$214.8

$127.2

-0.06% 

-1.43%

-57bps

+3.33%

-17.07%

-25.37%

-22.56%

*To better reflect the nature of certain items of income and expense, the income statement includes a reclassification of those items from 
operating gross profit to cash cost of doing business. Please refer to page 82 for further information.

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   8

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Financial performance

Continued comparable store sales growth and significant investment for future growth.

Sales 
Total sales for the full year (ending 26 July 2014) were 
maintained at $3,143 million, up 1.2 percent on a 
comparable stores basis. Total sales benefited from new 
stores opened in FY2013: Fountain Gate (Victoria) in 
September 2012; Townsville (Queensland) in October 2012; 
and Shellharbour (New South Wales) in May 2013. This was 
offset by the negative impact of the refurbishments in four 
of our top 25 stores: Adelaide (South Australia); Indooroopilly 
(Queensland); Miranda (New South Wales); and Macquarie 
(New South Wales); as well as the closure of two stores: 
Dandenong (Victoria) in October 2013; and Elizabeth  
(South Australia) in February 2014.

Cosmetics continued to be the top performing category, 
driven by the excellent customer response to the 
introduction of leading make-up brand Napoleon Perdis 
in all stores and strong performances by M.A.C Cosmetics, 
Benefit and Chanel. Women’s Footwear and Handbags,  
Miss Shop (Youth) and Appliances also performed strongly. 
The continued growth in Myer Exclusive Brands was led by 
some of our larger brands including Miss Shop,  
Trent Nathan, and Australian House & Garden,  
as well as new brands such as Baker by Ted Baker.  
There was solid growth in concession brands including 
Marcs, R.M. Williams, Politix, and Sunglass Hut. There were 
a number of national brands that performed well, including 
Lego, Seafolly, and Wish; however, these were offset by 
a disappointing performance in tablet sales, as well as the 
continued rationalisation of audio-visual. Online sales growth 
of more than 100 percent and an increase in average online  
transaction value during the year were driven by greater 
customer engagement.
Margins and costs 
The EBIT result reflected a drop in operating gross profit and 
a previously flagged increase in cash CODB. 

The 57 basis point reduction in operating gross profit margin 
was predominantly driven by the impact of the depreciation 
of the Australian dollar on Myer Exclusive Brands, as well 
as the increased investment in product development. The 
competitive nature of the market, particularly during the 
second half, restricted our ability to pass on these cost 
increases. Operating gross profit margin was also impacted 
by the strong customer response to loyalty initiatives such as 
MYER one bonus points promotions and bounce-back offers. 
Some of the impact on gross margin was recovered through 

a further reduction in shrinkage, improved sourcing and, 
where possible, adjustments to selling prices.

Cash CODB increased by 3.3 percent to $1,033 million.  
This increase partly reflects the annualisation of the 
transition of our store wages penalty structure in accordance 
with the Fair Work Act, as well as a targeted investment 
in additional store labour hours. Also contributing to the 
increased costs were occupancy, Myer Exclusive Brands 
initiatives, ongoing investment in delivering the  
omni-channel strategy, and space optimisation initiatives.
Depreciation, net finance costs, and tax 
Capital investments made in previous years, as well as  
the impact from new and closed stores, resulted in a  
2.8 percent increase in depreciation to $92.3 million  
(FY2013: $89.8 million). Despite the $33 million payment for 
the remaining 35 percent of the sass & bide business during 
the first half, net interest expense reduced by 16.1 percent 
from $26.1 million to $21.9 million. This was predominantly 
due to lower interest rates, the ongoing benefit from  
the refinancing of our debt facilities in July 2013, and 
disciplined cash flow management. The tax expense of 
$39.9 million represents an effective tax rate of 28.8 percent 
(FY2013: 30.0 percent). The lower tax rate was due to the 
impact of the full consolidation of the sass & bide business 
during the year. 
Cash generation and working capital 
The business continues to be highly cash generative despite a 
12.3 percent reduction in operating cash flow to $263 million 
during the year (FY2013: $300 million). A working capital 
inflow of $10 million was underpinned by our disciplined 
focus on inventory management, with inventory turns up 
and aged inventory down. These improvements reflect 
the continuing benefits of our significant investment in 
merchandise and point-of-sale systems. 
Balance sheet 
Net debt finished the year slightly up at $348 million 
(FY2013: $340 million). Excluding the $33 million payment for 
the remaining 35 percent stake in the sass & bide business in 
October 2013, net debt would have dropped 7.3 percent to 
$315 million. The Board has determined a final dividend of 
5.5 cents per share, taking the full year dividend to 14.5 cents 
per share fully franked (FY2013:18.0 cents). This represents a 
payout ratio of 86 percent, above the Board’s target dividend 
payout ratio of 70-80 percent of NPAT, reflecting the Board’s 
confidence in the outlook for the business in FY2015. 

09    Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   9

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Strategy, prospects and risks

Strategy overview
Myer’s strategy underpins our activities and decision-making. We continually seek to adapt and evolve our strategy, ensuring  
that we are well placed to respond to the competitive and increasingly global retail environment and meet changing  
customer preferences. 

Improve 
customer service

Enhance our  
merchandise offer

Page 12

Page 14

Strengthen our 
loyalty offer

Page 16

Build a leading 
omni-channel offer

Optimise our store 
network

Page 18

Page 20

Prospects
Our focus will remain on delivering improved shareholder value through the execution of our strategy. We see this as a time  
of opportunity and will continue to invest to position Myer at the forefront of a rapidly changing retail environment.

As we progress through FY2015 we expect to begin realising the benefits from recent investments and a number of strategic 
initiatives. We anticipate our performance will be assisted by a number of factors including the benefits of completed store 
refurbishments and openings; growth of the online business supported by an enhanced customer experience; new partnerships 
with Australian designer brands; continued growth in Myer Exclusive Brands, sass & bide, and other new national and international  
brands; as well as a new Christmas merchandise and marketing strategy.

We will continue to invest in the business in FY2015 with a focus on accelerating our omni-channel strategy, investing in  
our people, optimising the Myer Exclusive Brands strategy, customer service innovation, and refreshing the Myer brand.  
These investments are important to deliver the operational improvements and capabilities required to underpin long-term, 
sustainable growth.

The recent strengthening of the leadership team with a number of senior appointments will contribute to the evolution of  
Myer’s strategy as we continue to build on our strengths and position the business for future growth.

The material risks that may affect our ability to realise these prospects are detailed below.

Material risks and mitigating strategies 
Myer’s strategy takes into account expected operating and retail market conditions, together with the general economic 
conditions, which are inherently uncertain. Myer has structured and proactive risk management and internal control systems  
in place to manage risks and offset any negative impact. 

A detailed discussion of the Company’s risk management, including financial risk management, is set out in the Corporate 
Governance Statement (Part 4, on page 35) and in the Financial Report (at note 2, on page 82). 

Known risks that could have a material impact on Myer, the ability to successfully implement our strategy and which could  
adversely impact on future growth prospects for FY2015 and beyond, have been discussed on the following page.  

10    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   10

8/10/14   1:05 PM

External economic environment risks
Macro-economic factors such as the fluctuation of the Australian dollar, poor consumer confidence, changes to government 
policies, and weakness in the global economy could adversely impact the Company’s ability to achieve sales growth. Myer 
regularly analyses and uses economic data to help mitigate the future impact on sales, and has also implemented conservative 
hedging, capital management, and marketing and merchandise initiatives to combat the cyclical nature of the business.

Competitive landscape risks
The Australian retail industry in which Myer operates is highly competitive. The Company’s competitive position may be 
negatively impacted by new international and domestic entrants to the market, existing competitors, and increased online 
competition, which could impact sales. To mitigate these risks, Myer has invested in key areas of customer service, store network, 
omni-channel, and merchandise and marketing to continue to provide a compelling offer for our customers.

Technology risks
With Myer’s increasing reliance on technology in a rapidly changing technological environment, outages, online disruptions  
and a failure to upgrade and improve our IT systems, could have a detrimental effect on our sales, business efficiencies, and 
brand reputation. To offset these risks, Myer continues to invest and develop our in-house IT capabilities and engage with 
reputable third party IT service providers to be able to adapt to rapidly changing technology and and ensure we have reliable  
IT systems.

Brand reputation risks
Myer’s strong brand reputation is crucial for building positive relationships with customers, which in turn generates sales and 
goodwill towards the Company. A significant event or issue could attract strong criticism of the Myer brand through a range of 
channels (such as traditional media or social media) which could impact sales or our share price. Myer has a range of policies 
and initiatives to mitigate brand risks, including a Code of Conduct, a Whistleblower Policy, an Ethical Sourcing Policy, marketing 
campaigns, and ongoing environmental and sustainability initiatives. 

People management risks
Myer is exposed to health and safety risks, particularly due to the large number of team members and customers across  
our locations. Failure to manage these risks could have a negative effect on Myer’s reputation and performance. Safety is a  
high priority at Myer to ensure the wellbeing of all of our team members, customers, and suppliers. We conduct regular detailed 
risk assessments at each store, distribution centre, and at our support office, as well as regular team member education sessions.

Myer needs to attract and retain talented senior managers to ensure that our leadership team has the right skills and experience 
to evolve our strategy. Failure to do so may adversely affect Myer’s reputation, performance, and growth. We are increasing the 
skills of our people through enhanced training and development programs and the utilisation of our Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee, which provides oversight and advice. During the year we made a number of appointments to our 
Board and Executive Management Group, which have further strengthened our leadership team.

Regulatory and compliance risks
Myer operates in a regulated environment, and failure to comply with changes to applicable laws such as mandatory 
compliance standards, disclosure requirements, consumer protection, and the Privacy Act could impact on our financial 
performance and brand reputation.

Myer’s Audit, Finance and Risk Committee and in-house Legal and Assurance teams provide crucial business advice and training 
in legislation and compliance. Board reporting and continuous disclosure processes are also in place.

Strategic and business plan risks
A failure to execute our strategy could impact sales, share price, and our reputation. We continue to evolve our strategy in line 
with changing customer preferences, with a strong focus on key performance indicators such as return on capital, inventory 
management, and operating gross profit to ensure that strategic business plans are achieved and financial performance is met. 

Store refurbishments, new openings, and other capital investments are closely managed to ensure that expected benefits are 
delivered, and we continue to make improvements in inventory management and shrinkage reduction, security requirements, 
and inventory systems and processes. 

11    Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   11

8/10/14   1:05 PM

“Paula was friendly, greeting myself 
and my three-year-old with the  
best smile, engaging both of us  
in conversation.”

- Myer Werribee customer

Personal shopping service - Myer Adelaide

Paula Razumic - Intimate apparel, Myer Werribee

Herringbone (Menswear) - Myer Melbourne

12    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   12

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Improve 
customer service

Providing excellent service across all channels remains key to ensuring  
that we delight our customers every time they engage with us.

Service initiatives 
We were pleased to deliver a number of improvements in 
customer service during FY2014. In particular, significant 
progress was made across store operations to ensure that 
our teams are better able to focus on serving customers. 
Productivity and efficiency gains from a number of initiatives 
continue to be reinvested into providing additional service 
and selling team hours.

The customer feedback program launched in 2013 has now 
received more than 40,000 individual customer comments 
about our team members’ service which enables us to 
benchmark and improve our progress. We are delighted with 
the improved trend in our Net Promoter Score  
(which measures customer satisfaction), reflecting our 
customers’ recognition of our investment and innovation in 
enhancing customer service.

Following the success of our women’s personal shopping 
service, we extended the service to include menswear, 
with 29 stores now offering this service. Positive customer 
feedback demonstrates the value in providing a dedicated 
one-on-one service, and team member sales productivity 
in this area is consistently higher than the team member 
average for these departments.

An exciting new initiative changing the way our customers 
shop in our stores was the rollout of 1,400 iPads across the 
store network from July 2014. The iPads have a customised 
app, ‘MyCustomer Orders’, that allows customers to check 
product availability and order from a significantly expanded 
range from any Myer store.

During the year we trialled a new convenient in-store 
destination at Highpoint (Victoria). ‘The Hub’ enables 
customers to access in-store services such as ‘Click and Collect’, 
lay-by, gift registry, free Wi-Fi, and iPads to shop our  
online range. We plan to deliver similar concepts at our  
new stores in Mt Gravatt (Queensland) and  
Joondalup (Western Australia). 

Visits to see Santa in Myer stores continue to be a 
strong driver of foot traffic during the Christmas period. 
We successfully piloted our online booking service 

during Christmas 2013, with more than 5,000 customers 
booking their visit with Santa online. We are progressively 
implementing this service in other areas including personal 
shopping, cosmetic appointments, intimate apparel fittings, 
and back to school shoe fittings which will reduce customer 
waiting times. 

To further enhance the in-store experience for customers, 
from September 2014 we are progressively introducing more 
than 160 dedicated service manager roles in stores to lead 
our team members.

The improvements we have delivered in customer service 
continue to be recognised locally and internationally.  
During the year the International Customer Service 
Professionals awarded Myer the People Choice Business 
Category Award for Department Stores, as well as the  
overall platinum winner award. 

For the second year in a row, Myer was awarded the 
Department Store of the Year by Roy Morgan Research in its 
2013 Customer Satisfaction Awards, and we were pleased 
to be recognised as a finalist in the Australian Retailers 
Association’s Retail Awards. 

Targeted investment improves
customer service

Efficiency initiatives 
During the year we continued to focus on identifying areas 
where we can improve our productivity across the business. 
Our fitting rooms in selected stores are undergoing upgrades 
to provide more modern environments, and we have 
implemented dedicated service models to improve the 
customer experience and increase sales productivity. 

Our initiative to improve the flow of stock from our receiving 
docks to the selling floor continues to deliver positive gains. 
An initial trial in three stores has been expanded to 13 stores, 
improving our product availability and enabling our frontline 
team to provide better customer service.

13    Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   13

8/10/14   1:05 PM

 
Enhance our 
merchandise offer

Myer is focused on inspiring and delighting our customers, and we strive to be the  
first choice for customers shopping for fashion, cosmetics, and the home.

Our extensive range of national brands, Australian and 
international designers, and Myer Exclusive Brands, reflects 
our focus on inspiring and delighting our customers.

The key categories of Cosmetics, Miss Shop (Youth),  
Women’s Footwear and Handbags, and Appliances  
performed strongly in FY2014. Cosmetics in particular 
has been a consistently strong performer, delivering nine 
consecutive quarters of growth. High quality service, the 
exceptionally strong customer response to the introduction 
of leading make-up brand Napoleon Perdis and solid growth 
across key brands including M.A.C Cosmetics, Chanel, and 
Benefit underpinned the performance in Cosmetics.

Some of the best performing brands during the year were 
Politix, Trent Nathan, Marcs, Wish, Seafolly,  
M.A.C Cosmetics, and Lego.

As part of our commitment to newness and fashionability,  
we also launched a number of exciting new brands in store 
including YYTRIUM by Aurelio Costarella, One Tru Luv,  
Dita Von Teese, Baker by Ted Baker, Tome, Lancel,  
Napoleon Perdis, Nike, Kurt Geiger, and Peter Alexander.

We have an ongoing focus on attracting new leading 
womenswear brands to our strong Australian and 
international designer offering, and we are delighted to 
welcome well-known brands such as Alex Perry, by Johnny,  
White Suede, and Little Joe Women to Myer.

Work is underway to significantly enhance our menswear 
offering through an improved product range, enhanced  
in-store shopping environments, and targeted marketing.  
As part of this drive, we are welcoming international 
menswear brand Superdry and men’s footwear brand  
Aquila to our stores, as well as M.J. Bale, Herringbone,  
and Scotch & Soda.

In FY2014, we were excited to welcome a range of 
international designer homewares and gifting brands 
including Orla Kiely, kate spade new york, LSA, and 
Jonathan Adler. Our market share in small appliances 
continued to grow, with particularly strong results in the  
food preparation and personal care categories. 

Myer Exclusive Brands are an important driver of growth  
and profitability for our business, and we have a number  
of initiatives planned to ensure that our brands continue  
to inspire and delight our customers. During the year  
we optimised our range of Myer Exclusive Brands by 
developing master brands such as Basque, Blaq, Vue,  
and Trent Nathan, consolidating some brands, and exiting  
some smaller brands. We are also enhancing the 
merchandise offer for our customers by increasing our 
design, speed to market, and product development 
capabilities in key Myer Exclusive Brands.

We continue to attract 
an exciting range of Australian 
and international designers

In FY2014 our Myer Exclusive Brands womenswear offer 
was strengthened by the acquisition of leading Australian 
fashion brands Charlie Brown and Howard Showers and 
our partnership with Lisa Ho to design a ready-to-wear range 
exclusive to Myer, L Lisa Ho. 

The volume of Myer Exclusive Brands merchandise sourced 
through our global sourcing offices in Hong Kong and 
Shanghai grew further in 2014. With a strong governance 
framework in place, these offices will continue to support 
the growth in Myer Exclusive Brands.

Since Myer acquired the remaining 35 percent stake in  
sass & bide in September 2013, this unique Australian 
women’s fashion brand has continued to deliver solid 
growth, and we are exploring additional opportunities 
including overseas expansion and the introduction of  
new categories.

14    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   14

8/10/14   1:05 PM

 
Peter Alexander (Apparel) - Myer Melbourne

Australian House & Garden (Myer Exclusive Brand) - Myer Adelaide

Peter Pilotto (International Designer) - Myer Melbourne

15    Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   15

8/10/14   1:05 PM

More than 3,000 MYER one Platinum members enjoy unique  
‘money can’t buy’ experiences including private shopping nights

MYER one Platinum membership card

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   16

8/10/14   1:05 PM

Strengthen our 
loyalty offer

Our MYER one loyalty program continues to be one of Australia’s leading loyalty programs 
 and provides an important competitive advantage for the business.

Sales from the MYER one program were in excess of  
$2 billion this year and we have distributed more than  
five million membership cards since the program began.

Throughout the year, MYER one members received more 
than $50 million in Rewards Cards and the average spend on 
redemption reached a new high of four times the card value.

This program is a highly effective tool to evaluate key aspects 
of our business including stores, brands, space, product, 
service, and marketing.

We have continued to focus on an engagement and 
retention program for our 3,000 premium MYER one 
Platinum members. This includes the opportunity to 
participate in ‘money can’t buy’ experiences such as private 
shopping nights, exclusive event invitations, and their 
own personal concierge. For Christmas 2013, we launched 
exclusive premium shopping nights for our Platinum and 
Gold members and another exclusive event for our top 
100,000 Silver members across 20 stores. 

We continue to deliver improvements to the overall program, 
with members now able to receive tailored electronic direct 
marketing materials specific to their individual shopping 
interests. Over 400,000 members have now downloaded 
the MYER one app, and there has been a strong uptake of 
members using their app to receive digital Rewards Cards. 
Plans are underway to release an update in FY2015. 

MYER one’s popularity is underpinned by the strength of the 
Myer brand and by our MYER one affiliates program with well 
known brands such as IGA Supermarkets, Air New Zealand, 
and helloworld (formerly Harvey World Travel). Our new 
affiliate, Caltex has been particularly successful this year,  
with a significant number of MYER one Shopping Credits 
being generated by members making purchases at Caltex 
during the period.

The implementation of a new customer relationship 
management (CRM) system will enable us to consolidate 
our customer information, and will deliver a single 
comprehensive view of our customers that will enable us to 
engage and communicate with them more effectively.

The MYER one program celebrated its 10th anniversary  
in August 2014 with a number of events and offers for  
our members. As we seek to grow the program beyond  
this milestone, we are developing exciting initiatives in  
data analytics and CRM that will leverage the strength  
of the existing program, and identify new opportunities  
for growth and innovation.

We are also very proud of the continued success of our 
world class Emporium magazine, which was internationally 
recognised as a finalist for the Pearl Awards by the Content 
Council in the United States. The digital version of Emporium 
magazine continues to be very popular with MYER one 
members, with 53,000 iPad issues downloaded. More than 
250,000 copies of the magazine are also distributed to stores 
and members each quarter.

Over $2 billion in sales 
through MYER one

The Myer Visa Card continues to be an important loyalty offer 
for our customers and remains one of the most competitive 
cards in the market. 

The Commonwealth Bank of Australia ‘pay-with-points’ 
collaboration resonates strongly with customers as 
market-leading technology allows instant redemption 
of Commonwealth Awards points at Myer point-of-sale 
terminals. This channel has driven significant sales since  
the partnership began.

The Myer Wine Club is now in its second year and offers 
members a wide selection of wines, while earning  
MYER one Shopping Credits on their purchases. The Myer 
Wine Club continues to be popular with members’ earning 
approximately 45 million Shopping Credits since the 
program launched.

17  Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   17

8/10/14   1:06 PM

MyCustomer Orders app

Scanning product for online fulfilment

Dispatching product for online orders

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   18

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Build a leading 
omni-channel offer

As technology and customer shopping habits continue to evolve, Myer is investing in  
technology platforms to provide a seamless customer experience across all channels.

We made considerable improvements to our omni-channel 
capabilities this year in order to provide customers with  
more choice in the way they shop with us.

Our online business represents an important growth 
platform, as customers increasingly choose to research  
and purchase products via our website. We are pleased 
with the continued acceleration in all key customer metrics 
including sales, average monthly visits, basket size, and 
online order value. 

Investing in improving the performance and stability of 
our website has been a key priority in FY2014. A number of 
innovative initiatives have been implemented to improve 
the overall online experience including optimising website 
functionality, enhancing product information pages, 
simplifying the checkout process, and expanding  
delivery options. These initiatives have made it easier for  
our customers to browse the online store, find products,  
and make their purchases.

Changing the way our customers 
can shop in-store and online

As the significant growth in mobile commerce continues, 
we have also optimised the performance of our online store 
for tablet and smart phone devices to ensure that customers 
can enjoy a seamless experience across these channels. 
Coupled with the continued growth in mobile driven social 
media, this channel is proving an important way to enhance 
customer engagement.

In October 2013 we opened a dedicated online distribution 
centre in Victoria, significantly improving our online 
fulfilment capability. The distribution centre is stocked  
with our most popular online products, and enables us  
to achieve improved dispatch times for customer orders.  
The distribution centre has delivered solid productivity  
gains for the business with associated cost savings. 

Our store network also provides a key competitive 
advantage in the execution of our omni-channel strategy. 
‘Click and Collect’ delivery is now available in all Myer stores, 
and an increasing number of customers are opting for the 
convenience of this service, which enables them to purchase  
a product online and collect it from a nominated store.  
We also recently introduced iPads to all stores, with a 
customised app, ‘MyCustomer Orders’. With this technology, 
we can now bring a significantly expanded product range  
to customers across our physical store network.

We have invested in our in-house digital capabilities by 
expanding the digital services team, which continues to set 
a high standard in the delivery of innovative digital content 
and marketing campaigns. 

Our integrated marketing approach reflects our 
 omni-channel business model as we engage with  
customers through traditional media as well as  
digital channels. Social media plays a significant role  
in enabling us to interact with customers and build  
brand awareness. The live streaming of our seasonal  
fashion launch parades, which provides our customers  
with a unique experience, is growing in popularity,  
with the content also distributed across other social  
media channels. 

The strength of Myer’s brand represents a significant 
competitive advantage in omni-channel, and our social 
media presence on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, YouTube, 
and Pinterest supports our strategy of inspiring more 
customers every day.

In August 2014 we launched our Myer blog, which provides 
a platform for our customers to discover new trends, 
products, and brands, and receive fashion advice. The blog 
can be accessed at blog.myer.com.au.

19    Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   19

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Footwear and accessories - Myer Adelaide

Womenswear - Myer, Emporium Melbourne

Napoleon Perdis (Cosmetics) - Myer Adelaide

20    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   20

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Optimise our  
store network

Our network of 67 stores across the country is a key strength as we engage  
with our customers across a variety of channels.

The 2014 financial year has been a period of significant 
investment and revitalisation for our store network, with four 
of our top 25 stores under major refurbishment and two new 
stores under construction.

Maximising returns per square metre continues to be a 
key objective for the business, and we have improved 
productivity through optimised store layouts, refurbishments, 
space handbacks, the opening of new stores, and the closure  
of some stores. 

Approximately 12 percent of our total space was under 
refurbishment or being expanded during FY2014. Although 
this represented a significant disruption for our customers 
and the business, it is an important investment in our  
future growth.

In May 2014 we unveiled the final piece of our transformed 
flagship Melbourne (Victoria) store with the opening of an 
additional 7,000 square metres within the new Emporium 
Melbourne development. The new space further cements  
our reputation as a world class retailer and includes the  
Myer MYKIDS Emporium, which offers exclusive concept  
areas by major international toy brands.

During the year we completed two major refurbishments at 
the Adelaide (South Australia) store and the Indooroopilly 
(Queensland) store. As well as improved fixtures and fittings, 
both stores now include reinvigorated beauty halls, the 
addition of new brands, lifestyle themed homewares  
areas, and personal shopping services in womenswear  
and menswear.

The refurbishment of the Macquarie (New South Wales) store 
was completed in October 2014, and the Miranda  
(New South Wales) store refurbishment is on track to be 
completed by Christmas 2014.

With the completion of the Macquarie (New South Wales) 
refurbishment, 18 of our 67 stores have now been refurbished 
since Myer was divested from the Coles Myer Group in 2006. 

In October 2014 we opened the Mt Gravatt (Queensland) 
store, and the Joondalup (Western Australia) store is 
scheduled to open before Christmas 2014. We closed 
the Dandenong (Victoria) store in October 2013 and the 
Elizabeth (South Australia) store in February 2014.  
Our MYER one data shows that the majority of customers  
in those areas where a store is closed, continue to engage 
with us by choosing to shop at nearby stores or online. 

We recently announced the closure of the Hurstville  
(New South Wales) store, which is scheduled to occur in early 
2015. The decision was also made not to progress with the 
planned new store at Woden (Australian Capital Territory).

Myer’s selling space as a percentage of overall space has 
increased steadily in recent years. We constantly monitor 
and review space optimisation opportunities in all existing 
and planned stores in our portfolio and engage in proactive 
lease negotiations, ahead of lease expiry, to ensure that we 
optimise our store network. 

We have now refurbished  
18 of our 67 stores since 2006

During the year our space optimisation initiatives were 
completed at five stores: Chatswood (New South Wales); 
Doncaster (Victoria); Karrinyup (Western Australia);  
Perth (Western Australia); and Sydney (New South Wales).  
These initiatives have realigned space predominantly for  
the key categories of womenswear and menswear.

21    Operating and Financial Review

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   21

8/10/14   1:06 PM

SUSTAINABILITY

Myer is committed to building a socially responsible business and integrating  
sustainability into everyday business activities.

My customer

My team

My community

My environment

My business

• Customer service  
   and satisfaction
• MYER one  
   loyalty rewards

• Attraction and retention
• Capability and  
  development
• Reward and recognition
• Workplace safety

• Myer Stores  
   Community Fund
• Volunteering
• Strategic community  
  partnerships

• Energy and emissions
• Packaging stewardship
• Waste and recycling

• Ethical sourcing
• Code of Conduct
• Shrinkage
• Product responsibility

At Myer, we define sustainability as responsible business 
growth and development that considers and addresses the 
environmental, ethical, economic, and social impacts of our 
operations and strategies. Our aim is to maximise the positive 
outcomes and influences we have on our stakeholders 
including customers, the community, suppliers, investors, 
and the environment. Our strategy focuses on five pillars of 
sustainability, which have been informed by our business 
activities and impacts, internal risk assessment processes, and 
stakeholder areas of interest within our Australian operations. 

Following the acquisition of the sass & bide business in 
September 2013, for this report we have included sass & bide 
numbers in our staff numbers and diversity figures, and their 
Australian stores are included in our energy and emissions 
reporting. We are progressively integrating sass & bide 
information into other sustainability data. 

Further information about sustainability at Myer is provided 
in our Sustainability Report, which is available from  
myer.com.au/investor.

My customer

Myer’s customers are crucial to the success of our business.  
A key element of our business strategy is to continue to  
inspire and delight our customers with our service and  
reward them for their loyalty.
Customer service and satisfaction 
In FY2014 we launched our customer feedback program, 
which provides our store management with individual 
customer comments about our service. MYER one members 
have the opportunity to provide feedback on their Myer  
in-store experience through the use of digital technology. 
From this data, a ‘Net Promoter Score’ is calculated and is  
used to benchmark and improve our customer service offer.

In the first year of the program we exceeded our targets  
for our Net Promoter Scores, and we will strive to improve  
our results.

MYER one loyalty rewards 
We continued to build our strong engagement  
with MYER one members during the year.  
Key highlights included:
 › A substantial increase in the number of digital Rewards Cards 
issued via the MYER one app in FY2014 compared with  
the previous year. 
The enhancement of our premium MYER one Platinum tier, 
which now has more than 3,000 members who are able to 
enjoy private shopping events, a Christmas shopping night 
and invitation-only events. 

 ›

 › Continued success of our affiliates program, with a 

significant number of MYER one members purchasing at our 
key affiliate, Caltex, during its first full year in the program.
 › A successful second year for our Myer Wine Club, which 

continues to attract new members.

22    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   22

8/10/14   1:06 PM

My team

Myer’s team members are our most important resource.  
We are committed to providing our team members  
with a supportive, challenging, and rewarding workplace 
that enables them to contribute and develop to their  
full potential. 
Attraction and retention 
At the end of the financial year, Myer had more than  
13,000 team members and, with additional casual employees 
over the peak Christmas trading period, total team member 
numbers increased to over 15,000.

Having a motivated team is essential to the success of our 
business, and we were pleased to achieve a retention rate  
for the year of approximately 75.0 percent. 

The business continues to focus on providing a rewarding 
and encouraging workplace which supports gender, age, 
language, disability, and cultural diversity. In FY2014, women 
made up 79.6 percent of our total team members. 
Capability and development 
In FY2014 we continued to build a customer-focused  
culture in our stores through the ‘Delivering Delightful 
Service and Selling’ program for all store team members. 

Capability and development opportunities are offered 
through ‘on-the-job’ training, instructor-led training,  
and online courses. During the year, team members  
took part in instructor-led training, and online  
training courses.
Reward and recognition 
We recognise and celebrate individual and team 
performance through a range of recognition programs. 
The annual Myer Inspirational People Awards recognise 
individuals and teams who have contributed to achieving 
our Company goals. The CEO’s High Performers Club 
recognises excellence in sales performance, and 45 team 
members were inducted this year, with a total of 833 
members now in the program. The Myer 25 Year Club 
celebrates the loyalty of our long-serving team members, 
with over 3,000 members made up of both current and 
former team members.
Workplace safety 
Safety is a key priority for our team members, our customers, 
and our suppliers. Our Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate 
(LTIFR) has shown a consistent reduction over the past  
five years, from 14.5 in FY2010 down to 7.0 this year.  
We continue to maintain a strong focus on safety through 
the management of safety hazards at our sites, management 
and team member awareness, safety committees at all sites, 
induction and ongoing training programs, and effective early 
intervention and return-to-work processes.

Total team members

>13,000

% Female

79.6%

Retention rate

75.0%

LTIFR

7.0

23  Sustainability

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   23

8/10/14   1:06 PM

My community

Myer has a long history of local community support 
and engagement. We continue to maintain strong and 
meaningful relationships with our local communities.

In FY2014, Myer worked with our stakeholders to contribute 
approximately $2.3 million to our local communities, 
including approximately $1.3 million in fundraising and 
$340,000 in direct cash donations.
Myer Stores Community Fund 
The Myer Stores Community Fund is committed to 
continuing Myer’s tradition of philanthropic support to 
the community since 1924. The Fund supports charitable 
projects for sick and disadvantaged children and youth,  
and projects which support women’s health.

In FY2014, the Myer Stores Community Fund supported over 
100 charities nominated by Myer store team members.
Volunteering 
As part of Myer’s ongoing paid volunteer leave initiative, 
Myer team members provided almost $600,000 worth of 
volunteer hours to support the Myer Stores Community 
Fund and other charity partners.

Strategic community partnerships 
Fitted for Work
Fitted for Work assists disadvantaged women in finding 
employment by providing free personal corporate 
styling, interview coaching, mentoring, and transition to 
work programs. Myer assists Fitted for Work by offering 
mentoring, team member clothing donations, assistance in 
retail employment, and team member volunteering leave 
opportunities, and by engaging with our suppliers to  
promote donations.

Myer and The Salvation Army
With the aim of reducing textile waste and increasing clothing 
recycling, in FY2014, Myer and Salvos Stores launched a 
national initiative encouraging customers to donate clothing 
in Salvos Stores to receive a $10 Myer voucher. In the first  
six months of the program, over 8,000 vouchers were given  
to customers who donated more than 92,000 clothing  
items nationally.

Myer stores also support the work of The Salvation Army by 
donating all proceeds from the sales of the Spirit of Christmas CD, 
which raised more than $350,000 during Christmas 2013.

My business

Myer is committed to conducting itself as a responsible 
organisation, having regard to the reasonable expectations 
of all our stakeholders including customers, the community, 
investors, and suppliers.
Ethical sourcing 
Myer’s Ethical Sourcing Policy underpins our commitment 
to source merchandise that is produced in safe working 
conditions, where the human rights of workers are respected 
and environmental impacts are managed. Myer manages 
our supply chain closely, including monitoring and auditing 
suppliers regularly. 
Code of Conduct 
Myer is committed to the highest levels of integrity and 
ethics in our business operations and interactions with 
stakeholders. As part of this focus, team members are required 
to complete the Myer Code of Conduct training regularly, and 
the Myer confidential whistleblower hotline service is also 
communicated to team members, contractors, and suppliers. 

Shrinkage 
Shrinkage is the loss of merchandise, and associated profit, 
due to product theft or loss through product handling 
processes. Myer has a dedicated shrinkage reduction 
program with processes and education aimed at reducing 
these losses. In FY2014, Myer produced our sixth consecutive 
year of improved results, and we continue to focus on 
reducing shrinkage across the business. 
Product responsibility 
Myer works with our suppliers to source and develop quality 
and safe products, and we take our responsibilities regarding 
product safety and compliance seriously. We have a team  
of merchandise compliance specialists to monitor our 
product range for safety and labelling compliance.  
Checks undertaken in FY2014 showed a conformance  
rate of over 95 percent.

24  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   24

8/10/14   1:06 PM

My environment

Myer is committed to minimising the impact of our 
operations on the environment, with our priority being to 
integrate environmental management and accountability 
throughout our business. In particular, we focus our efforts 
on the environmental impacts of energy use and associated 
carbon emissions, packaging and waste management, and 
recycling of packaging materials. 
Energy and emissions 
In FY2014, Myer delivered a 2.9 percent reduction in  
energy use. This was achieved through various measures 
such as the implementation of system upgrades, and also 
via an internal education campaign on energy use and the 
introduction of reporting requirements in stores. In addition, 
our carbon emissions reduced by 5.0 percent compared to 
last financial year. Further reductions in energy use continue 
to be a strong focus for the business.
Packaging stewardship 
As a signatory to the Australian Packaging Covenant, we 
continue to focus on reducing consumer packaging and 
using recyclable packaging materials. We are also working  
to improve our supply chain and reduce the transport 
required to deliver our stock to stores. 

Our ‘Floor Ready’ program aims to achieve store product 
handling efficiencies, drives improved packaging design, and 
aims to reduce packaging waste. As at July 2014, the majority 
of Myer’s direct suppliers have signed the Floor Ready 
agreement and more than 70 percent of merchandise was 
compliant with our Floor Ready standards. We continue to 
work with our suppliers to increase merchandise compliance 
with these standards.
Waste and recycling 
Myer has extensive recycling programs in place across our 
network of stores, distribution centres, and support office. 
This includes specialised recycling programs for  
retail-specific products such as security tags, clothes hangers, 
paper, cardboard, plastic film, pallets, pallet sheets,  
and metals. Our support office also recycles organics,  
paper towels, and commingled containers.

Excess merchandise, damaged merchandise, samples, 
and returns are recycled and reused through a third party 
supplier, which enabled the on-selling of more than  
353.2 tonnes of merchandise and the recycling of a further 
72.6 tonnes in FY2014. 

5.0% 
reduction in  
carbon emissions

2.9% 
reduction in energy use
> 70% 

of merchandise  
is Floor Ready 

25  Sustainability

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   25

8/10/14   1:06 PM

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Left to right: Ian Cornell, Anne Brennan, Paul McClintock AO, Bernie Brookes, Rupert Myer AM, Chris Froggatt, and Bob Thorn in Myer, Emporium Melbourne

Paul McClintock AO 
Chairman 
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Board since 8 August 2012 
Appointed Chairman 10 October 2012 
Chairman – Nomination Committee

Paul has considerable experience as a 
director, having held significant chairman 
and advisory positions across a broad 
range of industries, as well as government. 
He is highly regarded for his wide and 
varied experience, including his role as 
the Secretary to Cabinet and Head of the 
Cabinet Policy Unit reporting directly to  
the Prime Minister and acting as the  
Prime Minister’s most senior personal 
adviser on strategic directions in  
policy formulation.

Paul’s former positions include Chairman 
of Medibank Private Limited, the COAG 
Reform Council, the Expert Panel of the 
Low Emissions Technology Demonstration 
Fund, Intoll Management Limited, Symbion 

Health, Affinity Health, Ashton Mining, 
Plutonic Resources, and the Woolcock 
Institute of Medical Research. He was 
also a Director of the Australian Strategic 
Policy Institute and Perpetual Limited, a 
Commissioner of the Health Insurance 
Commission, and a member of the  
Australia-Malaysia Institute Executive 
Committee. Paul graduated in Arts and Law 
from the University of Sydney and is  
an honorary fellow of the Faculty of 
Medicine of the University of Sydney and  
a Life Governor of the Woolcock Institute  
of Medical Research. Paul resides in  
New South Wales and is 65 years of age.
Other current directorships 
Paul is Chairman of Thales Australia,  
NSW Ports, I-MED Australia, and O’Connell 
Street Associates. He is also a director of  
St Vincent’s Health Australia and The George 
Institute for Global Health.

Rupert Myer AM 
Deputy Chairman 
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Board since 12 July 2006 
Appointed Deputy Chairman 8 August 2012 
Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 
Member – Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee 
Member – Nomination Committee

Rupert serves as a non-executive chairman 
and director of a number of public, private, 
and government entities. His background 
includes roles in the retail and property 
sector, healthcare, e-commerce, investment, 
family office, wealth management, 
philanthropy services, and the  
community sector. Rupert serves as a 
Board member of The Myer Foundation, 
Creative Partnerships Australia, and Jawun. 
Rupert is a member of the Business and 
Economics Advisory Board of the University 
of Melbourne. Rupert holds a Bachelor 
of Commerce (Honours) degree from the 
University of Melbourne, and a Master of 

26    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   26

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Arts from the University of Cambridge, and 
is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors. He became a Member 
of the Order of Australia in January 2005 
for service to the arts, and for his support 
of museums, galleries, and the community 
through a range of philanthropic and 
service organisations. Rupert resides in 
Victoria and is 56 years of age.
Other current directorships 
Rupert is Chairman of the Australia Council 
for the Arts and Nuco Pty Ltd. He is a 
Director of AMCIL Limited, Healthscope 
Limited, and eCargo Holdings Limited  
(Hong Kong). 

Bernie Brookes 
Chief Executive Officer and  
Managing Director

Member of the Board since 12 July 2006

Bernie was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing Director of Myer  
in June 2006 and has more than 36 years  
of retail industry experience from roles  
in Australia and overseas. Prior to Myer, 
Bernie held numerous executive positions 
with Woolworths, as well as a variety of 
general management positions across 
buying, IT, marketing, and operations.  
He brings industry knowledge from 
executive roles at organisations including 
the Retail Traders Association in Queensland 
and in Victoria, and as President of the 
Queensland Grocery Association.  
Bernie has received the Sir Charles McGrath 
award for marketing excellence from  
the Australian Marketing Institute,  
the William Booth Medal from  
The Salvation Army, and the Paul Harris 
Fellow for Service to the Community from 
the Rotary Club, Sydney. He is part of 
the Australian Retailers Association Hall 
of Fame and is currently the Australian 
representative judge of the World Retail 
Awards. Bernie supports a number of 
charity organisations including  
The Salvation Army, and is patron of the 
Myer Stores Community Fund, as well as  
the Australian Joe Berry Memorial Award.  
Bernie divides his time between Victoria 
and New South Wales and is 54 years of age. 
Other current directorships 
Bernie is a Territorial Advisory Board 
Member of The Salvation Army Australia 
and on the Advisory Board of Inghams 
Enterprises. He is Chairman of Towncars 
Australia and a Director of Intercontinental 
Group of Department Stores.

Anne Brennan 
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Board since 16 September 2009 
Chairman – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 
Member – Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee 
Member – Nomination Committee

Anne brings strong financial credentials 
and business acumen to Myer, including 
her experience from senior management 
roles in both large corporate organisations 
and professional services firms. Anne has 
more than 20 years of experience in audit, 
corporate finance, and transaction services 
including executive roles as the CFO at CSR, 
and Finance Director at the Coates Group. 
Prior to her executive roles, Anne was a 
partner in three professional services firms: 
KPMG, Arthur Andersen, and Ernst & Young. 
During her time at Ernst & Young, Anne was 
a member of the national executive team 
and a board member. Anne was formerly  
a director of Cuscal Limited.  
Anne holds a Bachelor of Commerce 
(Honours) degree from University College 
Galway. She is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in Australia and a 
Fellow of the Australian Institute  
of Company Directors. Anne resides in  
New South Wales and is 54 years of age. 
Other current directorships 
Anne is currently the Deputy Chair of 
Echo Entertainment Group Limited, and 
is a Director of Argo Investments Limited, 
Charter Hall Group, Nufarm Limited, and 
Rabobank Limited (Australia and New 
Zealand). Anne will retire from the Board 
of Echo Entertainment Group Limited, 
effective from 1 November 2014.

Ian Cornell 
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Board since 6 February 2014 
Member – Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee

Ian has extensive experience in the retail 
industry across a number of senior retail 
roles including 11 years at Westfield.  
During his time at Westfield, Ian was Head 
of Human Resources for seven years and 
also responsible for retailing relationships 
in Australia and New Zealand. He also spent 
three years as the Head of Management 
and Marketing for Westfield’s shopping 
centres in Australia and New Zealand and 
has extensive experience in large scale retail 
operations and responding to changing 
consumer trends. Prior to joining Westfield, 
Ian was Chairman and CEO of supermarket 
chain, Franklins, and earlier spent 22 years 
at Woolworths, including his role as Chief 
General Manager supermarkets. Ian is also 
a Fellow of the Institute of Management, a 
Fellow of the Human Resources Institute, 

27  Board of Directors

member of the Institute of Company 
Directors, and a graduate of the Advanced 
Management Programme at Harvard.  
Ian resides in New South Wales and is  
60 years of age.
Other current directorships 
Ian is a Director of Goodman Fielder Limited 
and Inglis Bloodstock.

Chris Froggatt 
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Board since 9 December 2010 
Chairman – Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee 
Member – Nomination Committee

Chris has a broad industry background, 
including experience in consumer branded 
products, retailing, and hospitality across 
numerous industries such as beverages, 
food, and confectionery. She has over  
20 years of executive experience as a  
human resources specialist in leading 
international companies including Brambles 
Industries, Whitbread Group, Mars, Diageo, 
and Unilever NV. Chris has served on 
the boards of Britvic and Sports Direct 
International, and as an independent trustee 
director of Berkeley Square Pension Trustee 
Company Limited. Chris holds a Bachelor of 
Arts (Honours) in English Literature from  
the University of Leeds (United Kingdom). 
Chris is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute 
of Personnel Development, and a member 
of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors. Chris resides in New South Wales 
and is 56 years of age. 
Other current directorships 
Chris is a Director of Goodman Fielder 
Limited, the Australian Chamber Orchestra, 
and the Australian Chamber Orchestra 
Instrument Fund.

Bob Thorn 
Independent non-executive director

Member of the Board since 6 February 2014 
Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

Bob brings considerable senior retail 
management experience to Myer from 
his nine years as Managing Director of 
Super Retail Group. During his time at the 
company, Bob drove Australia and New 
Zealand expansions and led the creation of 
the Boating Camping Fishing (BCF) business, 
the market leader in camping and leisure.  
Prior to Bob’s 13 years with Super Retail 
Group, he was previously General Manager 
at Lincraft, and held senior roles at other 
major retailers including nine years with 
David Jones. Bob has also been the 
Chairman of Cutting Edge, and a Director at 
WOW Sight and Sound, Babies Galore, and 
Unity Water. Bob resides in Queensland and 
is 59 years of age. 
Other current directorships 
Bob is a Director of B Mag Pty Ltd.

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   27

8/10/14   1:06 PM

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Back row: Bernie Brookes, Daniel Bracken, Timothy Clark, Richard Umbers, and Gary Williams 
Front row: Tony Sutton, Marion Rodwell, Mark Ashby, and Louise Tebbutt

Bernie Brookes 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Mark Ashby 
Chief Financial Officer 

Bernie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director of Myer in June 2006. He has been responsible  
for the turnaround and rebuilding of the Myer business.  
Bernie has led the development and implementation of 
the Myer strategic plan, repositioning the business to meet 
today’s challenges and investing for the future. He has 
more than 36 years of experience working within the retail 
industry in local and international roles.

Mark was appointed Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Myer 
in January 2008. As CFO, Mark’s responsibilities cover all 
financial planning, accounting, treasury management, 
taxation, compliance and internal audit, and procurement 
aspects of the business. Prior to joining Myer, Mark was 
CFO of Mitre 10, the Finance Director of Motorola and 
held Finance Director roles in a number of domestic and 
international organisations in retail and technology.  
Mark is a fellow of CPA Australia and a graduate of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors.

28  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   28

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Tony Sutton 
Executive General Manager Stores 

Tony oversees all of the operations of the Myer store 
network, including our customer service strategy, and has 
a focus on operational efficiencies. Tony is a career retailer, 
joining Myer in 1992, and was appointed to lead the stores 
team in September 2012. He has worked cross-functionally 
in a number of roles including store management, 
merchandise and marketing. Tony has held a number of 
senior roles in store management, including his most recent 
role leading the State General Manager stores team.

Timothy Clark 
Executive General Manager Property,  
Store Development and Services 

Marion Rodwell 
Chief General Counsel and Group Company Secretary 

Marion is the Company Secretary of Myer Holdings Limited 
and all companies in the Group. Marion was appointed 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary in 2008. 
Marion has over 25 years of corporate, commercial, litigation, 
and governance experience. Prior to joining Myer, Marion 
held General Counsel and Company Secretary roles in the 
financial services, gaming, and retail industries, including 
roles with Tattersall’s and IOOF. Marion holds a Bachelor of 
Laws and a Bachelor of Economics from Monash University, 
and is a member of the Law Institute of Victoria and the 
Australian Corporate Lawyers Association. In 2010, Marion 
was awarded ACLA Australian Corporate Lawyer of the Year.

Tim was appointed as Group General Manager Property, 
Store Development and Services in January 2011 and is 
responsible for Myer’s property network. This includes our 
new and refurbished stores development program,  
in-store design developments, optimising the productivity 
returns of Company space, and the execution of all facilities 
management requirements. More recently, Tim was 
appointed as Executive General Manager with the additional 
responsibilities of the Company Project Management Office. 
Tim has also held executive roles at Gazman Menswear  
and Crown Ltd.

Daniel Bracken 
Chief Merchandise and Marketing Officer

Daniel joined Myer in September 2014 as Chief Merchandise 
and Marketing Officer. In this role, he manages the 
merchandise areas of design, sourcing, buying, and 
manufacturing, as well as advertising, digital, marketing, 
events, and the execution of the Myer brand strategy.  
Daniel has extensive experience in retail including more than  
15 years at Burberry London and prior to joining Myer was 
the CEO of The Apparel Group, owner of Sportscraft, Saba,  
Willow, and Jag.

Louise Tebbutt 
Executive General Manager Human Resources,  
Risk and Safety 

Louise is the Executive General Manager leading the  
Human Resources function and has over 20 years of  
industry experience. Louise is responsible for all aspects 
of Myer’s human resources including organisational 
development, recruitment and training, and employee 
relations, as well as having accountability for risk and  
safety for the organisation. Louise joined Myer from the  
Coles Group in 2006, where she held senior roles in a 
number of businesses including Coles Supermarkets 
and Target. Louise is also a director of the Myer Stores 
Community Fund and Chair of the Myer Superannuation 
Policy Committee.

Richard Umbers 
Chief Information and Supply Chain Officer

Richard joined Myer in September 2014 as Chief Information 
and Supply Chain Officer. In this role, Richard manages the 
key areas of Myer online services, information technology 
including payment systems, supply chain, and the MYER one 
loyalty program. Richard has extensive retail, logistics, and IT 
experience and has held senior roles at Aldi in Europe and 
Woolworths in Australia and New Zealand. He joined Myer 
from Australia Post, where he was the Executive General 
Manager for Parcel and Express Services and  
CEO of StarTrack. 

Gary Williams 
Executive General Manager Strategic Planning  
and Business Development

Gary joined Myer as Executive General Manager Strategic 
Planning and Business Development in August 2014.  
He began his career in retail and brings significant global 
experience across leading brands including time as 
Managing Director at Coca-Cola Australia and South Africa, 
global roles at Puma and Reebok, and more than nine years 
at Westfield in Australia and five years at Westfield in the USA.

29  Management Team

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   29

8/10/14   1:06 PM

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Introduction
The Board of the Company is committed to achieving the highest 
standards of corporate governance. The Board is concerned to 
ensure that the Group is properly managed to protect and enhance 
shareholder interests, and that the Company, its directors, officers 
and employees operate in an appropriate environment of corporate 
governance.
The Board has adopted a corporate governance framework 
comprising principles and policies that are consistent with the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles  
and Recommendations with 2010 Amendments (2nd edition)  
(ASX Principles). This framework is designed to promote responsible 
management and assists the Board to discharge its corporate 
governance responsibilities on behalf of the Company’s shareholders.
The Group regularly reviews its policies and charters to ensure that 
they remain consistent with the Board’s objectives, current laws and 
best practice. 
The policies and charters referred to in this statement are available 
from the Corporate Governance page in the Investor Centre section of 
Myer’s website (myer.com.au/investor).
This Corporate Governance Statement outlines the Group’s main 
corporate governance practices and policies in place throughout the 
financial year. It is structured as follows:
 ›
 ›
 ›
 ›
 ›
 › diversity at Myer.

the Board and management; 
Board composition and director tenure; 
Board Committees; 
risk management; 
key governance policies; and 

The Company has followed the recommendations set out in the  
ASX Principles (2nd edition) during the reporting period. The table  
on page 41 indicates where specific ASX Principles are discussed  
in this statement. 
The 3rd edition of the ASX Principles will apply to the Company 
from its FY2015. The Company will therefore report against the 
recommendations of the ASX Principles (3rd edition) in its 2015 
Annual Report. Unless otherwise stated, the commentary in this 
statement is in relation to the ASX Principles (2nd edition).

Part 1 – The Board and management

Board Charter and relationship with management

Relevant documents – available from myer.com.au/investor
 ›
 › Audit, Finance and Risk Committee Charter
 › Human Resources and Remuneration Committee Charter 
 › Nomination Committee Charter 

1.1  Role and responsibilities of the Board
The Board has ultimate responsibility for setting policy regarding the 
business and affairs of the Company for the benefit of shareholders 
and other stakeholders. 

The role of the Board is to: 
 ›

represent and serve the interests of shareholders by overseeing 
and appraising the Company’s strategies, policies and 
performance. This includes overseeing the financial and human 
resources the Company has in place to meet its objectives and 
reviewing management performance; 

 › protect and optimise Company performance and build sustainable 

value for shareholders in accordance with any duties and 
obligations imposed on the Board by law and the Company’s 
Constitution and within a framework of prudent and effective 
controls that enable risk to be assessed and managed; 

 ›

 ›

set, review and ensure compliance with the Company’s values and 
governance framework (including establishing and observing high 
ethical standards); and
ensure that shareholders are kept informed of the Company’s 
performance and major developments affecting its state of affairs.

The Board has adopted the ‘Board Charter and relationship with 
management’ (Board Charter) to provide a framework for its effective 
operation. The Board Charter outlines the manner in which the Board’s 
constitutional powers and responsibilities will be exercised and 
discharged, having regard to principles of good corporate governance, 
best practice, and applicable laws.
The Board Charter addresses the following:
 ›
 ›

Board composition and process; 
the role and responsibilities of the Board, the directors, the 
Chairman and the CEO; 

 › matters which are specifically reserved for the Board or the 

Board Committees; 
the relationship between the Board and management; and 

 ›
 › delegation by the Board to Board Committees and management. 

As set out in the Board Charter, the responsibilities and functions  
of the Board include:
 ›

selecting, appointing and evaluating the performance of, 
determining the remuneration of, and planning the succession 
of the CEO; 

 › on recommendation of the CEO, selecting, appointing and 

 ›

 ›

reviewing the performance of the Chief Financial Officer (CFO)  
and other senior executives; 
setting the remuneration policy for the Company, within which the 
CEO has authority to operate; 
contributing to and approving management development of 
corporate strategy, including setting performance objectives and 
approving operating budgets; 
reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk management 
and internal control and ethical and legal compliance; 
 › monitoring corporate performance and implementation of 

 ›

 ›

strategy and policy;
approving major capital expenditure, acquisitions and divestments, 
and monitoring capital management;

 › monitoring and reviewing management processes aimed at 

ensuring the integrity of financial and other reporting; 

 › developing and reviewing corporate governance principles and 

 ›

 ›

policies;
in respect of ethical sourcing:
 – approving and reviewing the Company’s ethical sourcing 

policy; and 

 – reviewing and monitoring ethical sourcing risks;
in respect of diversity: 
 – approving and reviewing the Company’s diversity policy; and 
 – establishing measurable objectives for achieving diversity 

across the Group, and annually assessing both the objectives 
and progress towards achieving them.

1.2  The Chairman, CEO and management 
The roles of Chairman and CEO are separate, and the Board Charter 
sets out the responsibilities of each office. The roles of Chairman and 
CEO are not exercised by the same individual. 

The Board Charter states that the Chairman should be an  
independent non-executive director. The Company’s Chairman,  
Mr Paul McClintock AO, is an independent non-executive director.

30  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   30

8/10/14   1:06 PM

The Chairman’s responsibilities include:

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

chairing meetings of the Board and shareholders, including the 
Annual General Meeting; 

ensuring that the Board’s decisions have been implemented; 

ensuring that the Board fulfils its obligations under the Board 
Charter and relevant legislation; 

representing the Board to shareholders and communicating the 
Board’s position; 

 › providing leadership to the Board and Myer; 

Review of senior executives
The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee is responsible 
for the review of the senior management assessment processes from 
time to time to ensure that they remain consistent with the Board’s 
overall objectives for the business.
All senior executives undergo a performance and development review 
on an annual basis. This review process involves the following:
 ›

each senior executive is assessed against a set of key performance 
criteria which include both financial and non-financial performance 
measures;

 ›

leading the Board to ensure that it operates efficiently and 
effectively; and 

 ›

at the end of each financial year, all senior executives meet with their 
manager to discuss their performance over the previous year; and

 › upon the completion of the performance appraisal meeting, each 
senior executive is provided with feedback on their performance, 
and a rating is determined based on that performance. As well as 
the review of performance, where appropriate, a development 
plan is also agreed to support the ongoing contribution of the 
executive to the needs of the business. 

A performance evaluation for senior executives which accords with 
the process described above has taken place during this reporting 
period.

It is the role of the Board to review the performance of the CEO and to 
review the assessments made by the CEO of the performance of his 
direct reports. In February 2014, the Company announced the renewal 
of Mr Bernie Brookes’ contract as the Company’s CEO and Managing 
Director. The Board’s positive assessment of Mr Brookes’ performance 
as CEO was an important factor in its decision to renew Mr Brookes’ 
contract. 

1.4  Remuneration arrangements 
The remuneration of each director is set out in the Remuneration 
Report, which forms part of the Directors’ Report and is presented on 
pages 47 to 67.

The Company distinguishes the structure of non-executive directors’ 
remuneration from that of executive directors and senior executives. 
The Company does not have any schemes for retirement benefits for 
non-executive directors. 

Please refer to the Remuneration Report for further information. 

1.5  Board and Board Committee meetings
The number of meetings of the Board and of each Board Committee 
held during the period ended 26 July 2014, and the number of 
meetings attended by each director and committee member are set 
out in the Directors’ Report, at page 43.

1.6  Independent professional advice
Under the Board Charter, the Board collectively and each director 
individually has the right to seek independent professional advice, 
subject to the approval of the Chairman or the Board. 

Under their respective Charters, each Board Committee is entitled 
to seek the advice of the Company’s auditors, solicitors or other 
independent advisers as to any matter pertaining to the powers, 
duties or responsibilities of the Committee. 

 › promoting constructive and respectful relationships between the 

Board and management.

The management of the Company is conducted by, or under 
the supervision of, the CEO as directed by the Board. The CEO is 
responsible for implementing strategic objectives, plans and budgets 
approved by the Board. The Board approves corporate objectives for 
the CEO to satisfy and, jointly with the CEO, develops the duties and 
responsibilities of the CEO. 

Management is accountable to the Board, and is required to provide 
the Board with information in a form, timeframe and quality that 
enables the Board to discharge its duties effectively. Directors are 
entitled to request additional information at any time that they 
consider appropriate. 

1.3  Performance assessments 
Review of the Board, Board Committees and individual directors
The Board recognises that regular reviews of its effectiveness and 
performance are key to the improvement of the governance of the 
Company. Accordingly, the Board has committed to reviewing  
and evaluating:
 ›

the performance of the Board, including against the requirements 
of the Board Charter; 

 ›

 ›

the performance of the Board Committees; and 

the performance of individual directors,

on an annual basis against both measurable and qualitative indicators. 

The review and evaluation undertaken in relation to the reporting 
period is described below. 

The Board and each Board Committee has conducted a review of 
their effectiveness and performance. The Board is implementing the 
recommendations arising out of this review. The Board and each 
Board Committee have reviewed their respective Charters, and have 
adopted new Charters, effective from the commencement of FY2015.

The Chairman has conducted an annual review of individual directors 
in relation to the reporting period. Each director completed a Board 
review and assessment document, and met privately with the 
Chairman to discuss the assessment. In addition to the annual review, 
the Chairman regularly provides informal feedback to individual 
directors. The Deputy Chairman is responsible for the performance 
review of the Chairman. As with each other director, the Chairman also 
completed a Board review and assessment document. The Chairman 
met privately with the Deputy Chairman to discuss the assessment.

The Nomination Committee assists the Board as required in relation 
to the performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and 
individual directors. It also assists in developing and implementing 
plans for identifying, assessing and enhancing director competencies.

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee assists in the 
review and recommendation of arrangements for directors, the CEO 
and executives in relation to remuneration and benefits, and reviews 
the performance assessment processes for those individuals and the 
reward structure. The Committee also reviews all significant human 
resource issues, including development and succession planning.

31  Corporate Governance Statement

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   31

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Corporate Governance Statement 
continued

1.7  Company Secretary 
Marion Rodwell (Chief General Counsel and Group Company 
Secretary) is the Company Secretary of the Company and all 
companies in the Group. Marion’s experience and qualifications are set 
out on page 29 of this Annual Report.

The Company Secretary has an important role in supporting the 
effectiveness of the Board by monitoring that Board policy and 
procedures are followed. The Company Secretary is accountable to the 
Board. All directors have direct access to the Company Secretary.

The Company Secretary is responsible for coordination of all Board 
business, including agendas, Board papers and minutes. The Company 
Secretary is responsible for communication with regulatory bodies 
and the ASX, and all statutory and other filings.

Part 2 – Board composition and director tenure 

Relevant documents – available from myer.com.au/investor
 ›
 › Nomination Committee Charter

Board Charter and relationship with management 

2.1  Composition of the Board 
As at the date of this Report, the Board comprises seven directors.  
The majority of the Board are independent non-executive directors. 

The Board recognises that a board comprising directors with a 
diverse range of backgrounds, skills and experience facilitates 
robust discussion and decision-making, and enables the Board to 
discharge its responsibilities effectively. It is intended that the Board 
will comprise a majority of independent non-executive directors 
and comprise directors with a broad range of skills, expertise and 
experience from a diverse range of backgrounds. This will ensure that 
the composition of the Board continues to reflect a range of expertise, 
experience and diversity appropriate to the Group’s business  
and strategies. 

On 6 February 2014 Mr Ian Cornell and Mr Bob Thorn were appointed 
as independent non-executive directors, bringing deep and varied 
retail experience and significantly strengthening the Board’s existing 
skills. Mr Cornell and Mr Thorn have significant combined skills 
spanning merchandise, online retail, store operations, property, 
commercial transactions, supply chain, people and  
inventory management.

The range of backgrounds, skills and expertise currently represented 
on the Board includes experience in senior roles in retail, finance, 
property, government, human resources, law, and mergers and 
acquisitions, as well as qualifications across a range of fields, including 
commerce, law and the humanities. The directors also have expertise 
in brand building and marketing, as well as international experience. 

Name 

Position 

Paul McClintock AO Chairman 

Rupert Myer AM

Bernie Brookes

Anne Brennan

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Bob Thorn 

Independent  
non-executive director

Deputy Chairman  
Independent 
non-executive director

CEO and Managing 
Director

Independent  
non-executive director

Independent  
non-executive director

Independent  
non-executive director

Independent  
non-executive director

Appointed 

8 August 2012

12 July 2006

12 July 2006

 ›

16 September 2009

6 February 2014

9 December 2010

6 February 2014

Ian Cornell and Bob Thorn were appointed as directors on 6 February 
2014. Peter Hay retired from the Board with effect from 14 July 2014. 
All other directors served as directors for the entire reporting period. 

Details of the skills, qualifications, experience, expertise and special 
responsibilities of each current director are set out on pages 26 and 27 
of this Annual Report. 

2.2  Skills, experience, expertise and diversity of directors 
The Board, together with the Nomination Committee, determines 
the size and composition of the Board, subject to the Company’s 
Constitution. The Company’s Constitution states that the minimum 
number of directors is four and the maximum is fixed by the directors, 
but may not be more than 12. 

The Board, together with the Nomination Committee, reviews the 
composition of the Board and the skills, experience, expertise and 
diversity represented by the directors on the Board, and determines 
whether the composition and mix of those skills remain appropriate 
for the Company’s strategy. Additional information about the 
Nomination Committee’s responsibilities in relation to the size and 
composition of the Board is set out in section 3.4. 

2.3  Appointment of new directors and re-election of directors 
The Company’s policy and procedure for selection and appointment 
of new directors and re-election of directors is set out in the 
Nomination Committee Charter.
When identifying potential candidates for Board appointment, factors 
that may be considered include:
 ›

the skills, experience, expertise and personal qualities that will best 
complement Board effectiveness;
the capability of the candidate to devote the necessary time and 
commitment to the role; and

 › potential conflicts of interest and independence.

The identification of potential director candidates may be assisted by 
the use of external search organisations as appropriate. All directors 
are consulted and provided with detailed information about potential 
new directors. Any new appointment is approved by the Board in 
accordance with the Company’s Constitution. Any new directors 
appointed by the Board must retire at the next Annual General 
Meeting (AGM) after their appointment and offer themselves for 
election by the Company’s shareholders. 

The Board invested resources to identify, select and appoint each 
of Mr Cornell and Mr Thorn as new directors of the Company. 
In respect of each appointment, the Board undertook a formal 
selection process and engaged an executive search firm to assist in 
this process. The Board considered the requisite criteria for director 
candidates, including formal qualifications and expertise, and the 
mix of experience, personal qualities and diversity that would best 
complement the Board’s existing diverse skills and experience, thus 
ensuring that the Board continues to operate and discharge its duties 
effectively. The Board also considered the independence and potential 
conflicts of interest of director candidates. Mr Cornell and Mr Thorn 
will each offer themselves for election as directors by the Company’s 
shareholders at the 2014 AGM. 

There is no specific term of office for non-executive directors. 
In accordance with the ASX Listing Rules and the Company’s 
Constitution, no director other than the CEO may hold office without 
re-election beyond the third AGM following their last election. Where 
eligible, a director may stand for re-election at the AGM. The CEO will 
not retire by rotation. 

Prior to each AGM, the Board determines whether to recommend to 
shareholders to vote in favour of the election or re-election of each 

32    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   32

8/10/14   1:06 PM

director standing for election or re-election, or any other candidate 
standing for election, having regard to any matters that the Board 
considers relevant. 

 ›

The Board will review any holding of five percent or more of the 
Company’s shares, and will generally consider a holding of 10 
percent or more of the Company’s shares to be material.

Induction and education
New directors are provided with a letter of appointment setting out 
the Company’s expectations, their responsibilities and rights and the 
terms and conditions of their tenure.

All new directors and senior executives participate in an induction 
program. New directors receive an induction appropriate to their 
experience to enable them to actively participate in decision-making 
as soon as possible, including familiarisation with the operation of 
the Board and its Committees and the Company’s financial, strategic, 
operations and risk management issues. In addition, the Company 
arranges continuing education and training for the directors. 

The Nomination Committee is responsible for ensuring that an 
effective induction process is in place for any newly appointed 
director, and for regularly reviewing its effectiveness. 

2.4  Independence of directors 
The Board considers the independence of its non-executive directors 
each year. 

Guidelines and materiality thresholds for determining independence
The Board Charter sets out guidelines and materiality thresholds  
that the Board has adopted to assist in determining the independence 
of directors.  
The Board only considers directors to be independent where they 
are independent of management and free of any business or other 
relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably 
be perceived to interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and 
independent judgement. 
As a guideline for determining the independence of directors, the 
Board has regard to the relationships set out in Box 2.1 of the ASX 
Principles (2nd edition). In general, directors will be considered to be 
‘independent’ if they are not members of management and they: 
 ›

are not a substantial shareholder of the Company, or an officer of, 
or otherwise associated directly with, a substantial shareholder of 
the Company;

 › have not within the last three years been employed in an executive 

capacity by the Company or another Group member;

 ›

 ›

except in connection with reorganisations within the Group, 
have not within the last three years been a principal or employee 
of a material professional adviser or a material consultant to the 
Company or another Group member;

are not a material supplier to or customer of the Company or 
another Group member or an officer of or otherwise associated 
directly or indirectly with a material supplier or customer of the 
Company; and 

 › have no material contractual relationship with the Company or 

another Group member, other than as a director of the Company. 

The Board considers thresholds of materiality for the purposes of 
assessing ‘independence’ on a case-by-case basis, having regard to 
both quantitative and qualitative principles. Without limiting the 
Board’s discretion, the Board has adopted the following guidelines:
The Board will determine the appropriate base to apply (e.g. 
 ›
revenue, equity or expenses) in the context of each situation.

 ›

In general, the Board will consider an affiliation with a business 
that accounts for less than five percent of the relevant base to be 
immaterial for the purposes of determining independence. Where 
this threshold is exceeded, the Board will review the materiality of 
the particular circumstance with respect to the independence of 
the particular director.

The Board will also undertake a qualitative assessment of 
independence, which is an overriding requirement for independence. 
Specifically, the Board will consider whether there are any factors or 
considerations which may mean that the director’s interest, business 
or relationship could, or could be reasonably perceived to, materially 
interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests  
of the Company. 
Effective from 27 July 2014, the Board has adopted a revised Board 
Charter, which is consistent with the relevant corporate governance 
principles and recommendations in the ASX Principles (3rd edition). 
Notably, the revised Board Charter includes updated guidelines 
for assessing the independence of the Company’s directors. Those 
guidelines are consistent with the guidelines in Box 2.3 of the ASX 
Principles (3rd edition). 

Assessment of the independence of the Company’s directors
The Board currently comprises seven directors. Each of those directors 
are non-executive directors, other than Mr Brookes, who is an 
executive director. 

The Board has assessed the independence of its non-executive 
directors against the guidelines and materiality thresholds consistent 
with both:
 ›
 ›

the guidelines in the ASX Principles (2nd edition); and 
the guidelines in the ASX Principles (3rd edition) for the period 
commencing 27 July 2014 and ending on the date of the  
Directors’ Report. 

It is the Board’s view that each of its non-executive directors was 
independent during the reporting period. At the date of signing the 
Directors’ Report, it is the Board’s view that each of its non-executive 
directors remains independent. 

Directors did not participate in deliberations about or vote in relation 
to their own independence.

Part 3 – Board Committees

Board Charter and relationship with management 

Relevant documents – available from myer.com.au/investor
 ›
 › Audit, Finance and Risk Committee Charter 
 › Human Resources and Remuneration Committee Charter 
 › Nomination Committee Charter 

3.1  Introduction 
The Board has established three Committees to streamline the 
discharge of its duties and responsibilities. The current Board 
Committees are: 
 ›
 ›
 ›

the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee; 
the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee; and 
the Nomination Committee. 

Each Board Committee has a written Charter that sets out its role and 
responsibilities, composition and membership requirements, and the 
manner in which the Committee is to operate. 

Each Charter requires that the Committee consist only of  
non-executive directors, with a majority of independent directors.  
The current members of all three Board Committees are all 
independent non-executive directors. 

Details of Committee members’ attendance at Committee meetings 
are set out in the Directors’ Report at page 43.

All directors are invited to attend Committee meetings. Most Board 
Committee meetings are attended by all directors.  

33  Corporate Governance Statement

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   33

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Corporate Governance Statement 
continued

Non-Committee members, such as members of management, may 
also attend all or part of a meeting of the Committee at the invitation 
of the Committee Chairman.

3.2  Audit, Finance and Risk Committee
Composition
The current composition of the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee is:

Chairman 

Members 

Anne Brennan 

Rupert Myer AM

Bob Thorn (from 19 March 2014)

Peter Hay was a member of the Committee until his retirement from the 
Board on 14 July 2014.

All Committee members are financially literate and have an appropriate 
understanding of the industries in which the Group operates.  
The Chairman of the Committee is an independent non-executive 
director, and is not the Chairman of the Board. 

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities and functions are to:
 › oversee the Company’s relationship with the external auditor and 

the external audit function generally; 

 › oversee the Company’s relationship with the internal auditor and 

the internal audit function generally; 

 › oversee the preparation of financial statements and reports; 

Role and responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Committee include:
in relation to human resources policies:
 ›
 – to review the Company’s policies and performance to assess the 
effectiveness of the policies and their compliance with relevant 
legislative, regulatory and governance requirements; 
 – to review and report to the Board on the diversity-related 

 ›

 ›

 ›

measurable objectives for the Company and the Company’s 
progress against objectives;

in relation to organisational effectiveness and capability, to 
undertake an annual review of how the human resources strategy 
is supporting the business strategy; 

in relation to superannuation, to review and recommend to the 
Board superannuation arrangements for the Company, having 
regard to matters of compliance and legislative change; 

in relation to remuneration and incentives:
 – to review and recommend to the Board remuneration 

arrangements for the CEO, executives reporting to the CEO, and 
senior management; 

 – to review major changes and developments in the Company’s 

remuneration framework, recruitment, retention and 
termination policies and procedures for senior management, 
remuneration policies, superannuation arrangements, human 
resource practices and employee relations strategies for  
the Group; 

 › oversee the Company’s financial controls and systems; and 

 – to review performance assessment processes for the  

 › manage the process of identification and management of risk.

Further information about the Company’s risk management 
framework, external auditor, internal audit and Board assurances on 
financial reporting risks is set out in Part 4.

Rights of access and authority 
The Committee has rights of access to management and to auditors 
(external and internal) without management present, and rights to 
seek explanations and additional information from both management 
and auditors. Whilst the internal audit function reports to the CFO, it 
is acknowledged that the internal auditors also report directly to the 
Committee.

In addition, the Committee is entitled to seek independent 
professional advice (discussed at section 1.6 above).

3.3  Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 
Composition
The current composition of the Human Resources and Remuneration 
Committee is:

Chairman 

Members 

Chris Froggatt 

Anne Brennan 

Ian Cornell (from 19 March 2014) 

Rupert Myer AM

CEO and the CEO’s direct reports, and the annual results  
of those assessments; 

 – to review and recommend to the Board in respect of the 

Company’s employee equity incentive plans; 
 – to review and recommend to the Board the  

remuneration arrangements for the Chairman  
and the non-executive directors;

 – to review and recommend to the Board the  

Remuneration Report; 

 – to review and facilitate shareholder and other stakeholder 
engagement in relation to the Company’s remuneration 
policies and practices; 

 – at least annually, to review and report on the relative proportion 
of women and men in the workforce at all levels of Myer; and 
 – to review remuneration by gender and consider whether, as a 

result of gender difference, any recommendations to the Board 
should be made in relation to gender-based reward.

Remuneration policy 
In discharging its responsibilities, the Committee must have regard to 
the following policy objectives:
 ›

to ensure that the Company’s remuneration structures are equitable 
and aligned with the long-term interests of the Company and  
its shareholders;

 ›

 ›

to attract and retain skilled executives;

to structure short and long-term incentives that are challenging and 
linked to the creation of sustainable shareholder returns; and

 ›

to ensure that any termination benefits are justified and appropriate.

Access to senior executives
In addition to access to independent advisers (discussed at section 1.6 
above), the Committee may seek input from senior executives of the 
Company on human resource and remuneration policies, subject to 
the principle that no senior executive should be directly involved in 
deciding their own remuneration. 

34  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   34

8/10/14   1:06 PM

3.4  Nomination Committee
Composition
The current composition of the Nomination Committee is:

Chairman 

Members 

Paul McClintock AO

Anne Brennan 
Chris Froggatt 
Rupert Myer AM

Role and responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Committee include:
 ›

to review and recommend to the Board the size and composition 
of the Board, including the succession of the Chairman and the 
CEO, and to review whether Board succession plans are in place 
to maintain an appropriate mix of skills, experience, expertise and 
diversity on the Board; 

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

to review and recommend to the Board, the criteria for Board 
membership, including assessment of necessary and desirable 
competencies of Board members to maintain an appropriate mix 
of skills, experience, expertise and diversity on the Board; 

to review and recommend to the Board, membership of the Board 
including recommendations for the appointment and re-election 
of directors, and where necessary to propose additional candidates 
for consideration by the Board; 

to assist the Board in relation to the performance evaluation of the 
Board, its Committees and individual directors, and in developing 
and implementing plans for identifying, assessing and enhancing 
director competencies; and 

to ensure that an effective induction process is in place for any 
newly appointed director and regularly review its effectiveness. 

Part 4 – Risk management

Relevant documents – available from myer.com.au/investor
 › Audit, Finance and Risk Committee Charter (including External 

Audit Policy)

 ›

Risk Management Policy 

4.1  Recognition and management of risk 
The Company recognises risk management as an integral component 
of good corporate governance and fundamental in achieving its 
strategic and operational objectives.

The Board is ultimately responsible for identifying and assessing 
internal and external risks that may impact the Company in achieving 
its strategic objectives. The Board is responsible for determining 
the Company’s risk appetite, overseeing the development and 
implementation of the risk management framework and maintaining 
an adequate monitoring and reporting mechanism. 
The Board has delegated coordination of risk oversight to the Audit, 
Finance and Risk Committee. The Committee’s risk management 
responsibilities are to review and report to the Board as to whether: 
the Company’s ongoing risk management program effectively 
 ›
identifies all areas of potential risk; 

 ›

 ›

adequate policies and procedures have been designed and 
implemented to manage identified risks; 

a regular program of audits is undertaken to test the adequacy of 
and compliance with prescribed policies; and 

 › proper remedial action is undertaken to redress areas of weakness. 

The Company has adopted a Risk Management Policy that applies to 
all Group employees, and to contractors and consultants working on 
behalf of the Group. Management monitors and reports on material 
risks identified through the internal and external audit process. 

4.2  Risk management framework 
The Company has adopted an enterprise-wide framework that 
incorporates a system of risk oversight, risk management and internal 
control designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage risks 
consistent with AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management Principles 
and Guidelines and the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
(COSO) and provides Myer management with a consistent approach 
to recognising and managing risks. The Company applies risk 
management in a well-defined, integrated framework that promotes 
awareness of risks and an understanding of the Company’s risk 
tolerances. This enables a systematic approach to risk identification 
and leverage of any opportunities, and provides treatment strategies 
to manage, transfer and avoid risks.

The Board reviews and approves the risk management framework 
and risk appetite on an annual basis to determine whether there 
have been any changes in the material business risks. Economic, 
environmental and social sustainability risks have been considered 
and controls appropriately applied. 

4.3  External auditor 
The Audit, Finance and Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the 
Company’s External Audit Policy. The Committee has the responsibility 
and authority for the appointment, removal or reappointment 
and remuneration of the external auditor, as well as evaluating its 
effectiveness and independence.

The Committee reviews the appointment of the external auditor 
annually. In addition, the Committee reviews and assesses the 
independence of the external auditor, including any relationships with 
the Company or any other entity that may impair, or appear to impair, 
the external auditor’s independent judgement or independence in 
respect of the Company.

The external audit engagement partner is required to rotate at least 
once every five years. PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) was reappointed 
as the external auditor in 2012. 

The external auditor will attend the AGM and be available to answer 
shareholder questions about the conduct of the audit and the 
preparation and content of the Auditor’s Report.

4.4  Internal audit 
A separate internal audit division has been established and is overseen 
by a National Assurance Manager who reports to the CFO and liaises 
directly with the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee. 

The internal audit division carries out regular systematic monitoring of 
control activities and reports to relevant business unit management 
and the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee. 

4.5  Board assurances on financial reporting risks 
The Board has received assurance from the CEO and the CFO that 
the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act) is founded on a sound 
system of risk management and internal compliance and control 
systems, and that the systems are operating effectively in all material 
respects in relation to financial reporting risks.
The CEO and the CFO made declarations to the Board (among other 
things) to the following effect:
 ›

that, in their opinion, the Group’s financial statements and notes  
for the financial year give a true and fair view of the financial 
position and the performance of the Company and the Group 
and are in accordance with the Corporations Act and relevant 
accounting standards;

35  Corporate Governance Statement

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   35

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Corporate Governance Statement 
continued

 ›

 ›

that the above statement is founded on a sound system of risk 
management and internal compliance and control systems which 
implement the policies adopted by the Board (either directly or 
through delegation to senior executives); and

that the Company’s risk management and internal compliance and 
control systems, to the extent that they relate to financial reporting, 
are operating efficiently and effectively in all material respects.

Part 5 – Key governance policies

Relevant documents – available from myer.com.au/investor
 › Code of Conduct
 › Continuous Disclosure Policy 
 › Guidelines for Dealing in Securities 
 ›

Shareholder Communication Strategy 

5.1  Code of Conduct 
The Company is committed to the highest level of integrity and 
ethical standards in all business practices. All Group employees, 
directors and contractors must comply with the Company’s Code 
of Conduct (Code). The Code applies to all business activities and 
dealings with employees, customers, suppliers, shareholders and other 
external stakeholders. 
The objectives of the Code are to:
 › provide clear guidance on and benchmarks for appropriate 

professional and ethical behaviour;

 ›

 ›

reinforce the requirement for compliance with Company policies 
and legal requirements; 

support Myer’s business reputation through the behaviour of its 
people; and 

 › make directors and employees aware of their responsibilities and 

consequences if they breach the Code.

The Code outlines how the Group expects its directors and employees 
to behave and conduct business in a range of circumstances, 
including actual or potential conflicts of interest. The Code requires 
awareness of, and compliance with, laws and regulations relating to 
the Group’s operations, including fair trading, occupational health 
and safety, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination, privacy, and 
securities trading.  

The Code encourages employees to report unethical practices, or 
breaches of the Code, Company policies or the law. The Company 
has whistleblower protections for those who report unacceptable 
behaviour in good faith. 

The Company regularly reviews the Code. Team members are required 
to undertake training and acknowledge acceptance of the Code on an 
annual basis. 

5.2  Continuous disclosure 
The Company’s policy is to strictly comply with its obligations under 
the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules to keep the market 
fully informed of information which may have a material effect on the 
price or value of the Company’s securities. The Company discharges 
these obligations by releasing information in ASX announcements 
and by disclosure of other relevant documents to the ASX and to 
shareholders (e.g. Annual Reports).
The Company’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is designed to ensure 
the timely release of material price-sensitive information to the 
market. This policy establishes procedures to ensure that directors and 
management are aware of the Company’s disclosure obligations and 
procedures, and have accountability for the Company’s compliance 
with those obligations. 

The Company provides continuous disclosure training to all directors 
and senior management. It is a standing agenda item at all Board 
meetings, Board Committee meetings and senior management 
meetings to consider whether any matters reported to or discussed 
at the meeting should be disclosed to the market pursuant to the 
Company’s continuous disclosure obligations.
All general managers and divisional heads are required to have 
appropriate procedures in place within their areas of responsibility to 
ensure that all relevant information is reported to them immediately 
to be considered in accordance with the Continuous Disclosure Policy.
The Company has established a Continuous Disclosure Committee, 
which is comprised of the CEO, the CFO, and the Chief General 
Counsel and Group Company Secretary. The role of the Continuous 
Disclosure Committee is to:
 ›

review all potentially material price-sensitive information of which 
management or the Board become aware;

 › determine whether any of that information is required to be 

disclosed to the ASX; 

 ›

 ›

co-ordinate the actual form of disclosure with the relevant 
members of management; and 

review and respond to any infringement notice or written 
statement of reasons issued to the Company by ASIC. 

All deliberations of the Committee are shared without delay with the 
Chairman or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Chairman of the Audit, 
Finance and Risk Committee.

The Company has nominated the Group Company Secretary as the 
person with the primary responsibility for all communication with  
the ASX. 

The Board regularly reviews the Continuous Disclosure Policy. 

5.3  Securities trading 
The Company’s Guidelines for Dealing in Securities (Guidelines) apply 
to all directors and employees of the Group. The purpose of the 
Guidelines is to:
 ›

explain the types of conduct prohibited under the Corporations 
Act in relation to dealing in securities; and 

 ›

establish a best practice procedure for dealing in the  
Company’s securities. 

As an overriding principle, directors, employees and their associates 
must not deal in the Company’s securities if they are in possession of 
price-sensitive or ‘inside’ information. 

In addition, directors, specified senior executives and their associates 
(Relevant Persons) must not deal in the Company’s securities during 
‘blackout periods’. ‘Blackout periods’ include periods prior to the 
release of the Company’s half year and full year results. 

Relevant Persons are permitted to deal in the Company’s securities 
during certain ‘trading windows’, subject to complying with 
notification requirements. ‘Trading windows’ include periods following 
the release of the Company’s half year and full year results, and the 
AGM. Outside of ‘trading windows’, Relevant Persons may only deal in 
the Company’s securities in exceptional circumstances and subject to 
obtaining prior approval.

The Guidelines prohibit directors, senior executives and their closely 
related parties from entering into hedging arrangements with respect 
to securities in the Company (including any shares, options and rights). 
Hedging arrangements include entering into transactions in financial 
products that operate to limit the economic risk associated with 
holding Company securities.

The Board regularly reviews the Guidelines. 

36  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   36

8/10/14   1:06 PM

5.4  Shareholder communication 
As set out in the Company’s Shareholder Communication Strategy, the 
Company aims to ensure that shareholders are kept informed of all 
major developments affecting the state of affairs of the Company. 
The Company aims to promote communication with shareholders and 
to encourage effective participation at general meetings. In addition, 
the Company recognises that potential investors and other interested 
stakeholders may wish to obtain information about the Company.
To achieve this, the Company communicates information to 
shareholders and other stakeholders through a range of forums  
and publications.
One of the Company’s key communication tools is the Myer website 
(myer.com.au). The Company has a dedicated investor section of its 
website (myer.com.au/investor). The Myer investor website includes 
information about the Company relevant to shareholders, including:
 ›

all announcements lodged with the ASX within the last three years, 
including annual and half year financial results; 

 ›

 ›

 ›

the Board and Board Committee Charters, the Company’s 
Constitution, and key corporate governance policies; 

the Company’s Annual Reports and sustainability reports;

information about the Company’s AGM (including the Notice of 
Meeting, and a webcast of the meeting); and 

 ›

financial information about the Company. 

The Company provides a telephone helpline facility and an online email 
enquiry service to assist shareholders with any queries. Information is 
also communicated to shareholders via periodic mail-outs, or by email 
to shareholders who have provided their email address. 

Part 6 – Diversity at Myer 

Relevant documents – available from myer.com.au/investor
 › Diversity Policy 

The Company’s Diversity Policy outlines our approach to creating 
and maintaining an inclusive and collaborative workplace culture. 
The Diversity Policy sets out the Company’s diversity principles. In this 
context, diversity covers gender, age, ethnicity, cultural background, 
language and disability. It also includes differences in backgrounds, 
education and life experiences. 
Having a diverse range of employees better enables the Company to 
provide the best service to its customers. It enables the Company to 
foster greater innovation, stronger problem solving capability, greater 
customer connection, increased morale, motivation and engagement.
The Company’s diversity and inclusion framework has five core tenets:
 › meritocracy;

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

fairness and equality;

contribution to commercial success;

that it’s everyone’s business; and 

for Myer, it’s a part of who we are. 

6.1  Key principles
The Company’s approach to diversity is underpinned by 
key principles including:
 › maintaining a safe and inclusive working environment that is 

respectful of individual differences and attributes (including family 
responsibilities);

eliminating artificial barriers to career progression by providing 
support and mentoring, and by developing flexible work practices 
to meet the differing needs of employees in the context of 
business requirements;

recruiting and retaining a skilled and diverse workforce;

employing a fair and effective process for appointment to roles 
based on relative ability, performance and potential; and

fostering a culture, including through education and training, that 
rewards people for furthering diversity.

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

6.2  Diversity objectives
The Company’s diversity objectives are to ensure that Myer: 
 › has an inclusive workplace where every individual can thrive 

regardless of gender, cultural identity, age, disability, work style  
or approach;

 ›

leverages the value of diversity for all our stakeholders to deliver 
the best customer experience, improved financial performance 
and a stronger corporate reputation; and

 ›

continues to take a leadership position on diversity practices.

To achieve these objectives, the Company:
 › has determined measurable objectives for achieving gender 
diversity. The Board has endorsed these objectives and  
both the objectives and progress in achieving them will be 
assessed annually; 

 › will assess pay equity on an annual basis; 

 › will encourage and support the application of workplace flexibility 

policy into practice across the business; and

 › will meet our commitment to the Australian Employment 

Covenant to assist Indigenous Australians to access employment.

6.3  Female representation
At 26 July 2014, representation of females employed by the Group  
was as follows:

Board of Directors 

Leadership roles

Total workforce

28.5%

66.8%

79.6%

37  Corporate Governance Statement

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   37

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Corporate Governance Statement 
continued

In May 2014 the Company lodged its Workforce Profile report with the Workplace Gender Equity Agency (WGEA).  
A copy of this report is available at myer.com.au/investor.

The following charts outline female leadership representation across the Group. 

Females in leadership positions at Myer as at 26 July 2014

54% 

7 females

Strategic leadership

50%

54 females

Business/functional leadership

69%

81%

708 females

Operational leadership

9,903 females

Self-leadership

Females in leadership positions at Myer as at 27 July 2013*

36% 

4 females

Strategic leadership

44%

40 females

Business/functional leadership

63%

80%

551 females

Operational leadership

9,439 females

Self-leadership

*FY2013 was prior to the 100% acquisition of the sass & bide business.

38  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   38

8/10/14   1:06 PM

6.4  Measurable objectives
The Board has assessed the Company’s performance against the measurable objectives established by the Board in respect of FY2014 for 
achieving diversity at all levels of the Company. Details on the Company’s progress in achieving those objectives, and the measurable objectives 
which have been set by the Board in respect of FY2015, are outlined below:

FY2014 and FY2015 measurable objectives

Objective

Progress

The Company aims to maintain a 50% proportion of 
female candidates identified in succession plans. We 
aim to ensure that within each job grade level there 
are an equal number of senior women who are 
ready to move into leadership roles.

The career development plans of all female middle management employees are 
assessed annually to ensure their appropriateness in developing and retaining the 
Company’s female talent.
 ›

The percentage of females represented in the Company’s ‘Top Talent Group’ is 50%, 
up from 46.1% in FY2013.

The Company aims to maintain a return rate of  
more than 70% for team members returning from 
parental leave.

The Company aims for senior managers to meet  
or formally contact women on parental leave at  
least quarterly.

The Company aims to maintain 50/50 gender 
balance in its Managers in Training Programs to 
facilitate the creation of a pool of qualified female 
candidates for manager role opportunities.

 › At store level, females represent 48.9% of those identified as having potential for 

further leadership positions.

The Company is committed to ensuring that any team member returning to work after 
a period of parental leave can do so under a graduated return program. Regardless of 
any other business need, returning team members have a minimum six month period of 
graduated return to enable their re-introduction to the workplace.
 › During the reporting period, 77.8% of the Company’s team members who 
commenced parental leave returned from previous parental leave periods.

The Company has had a formal ‘keeping in touch’ program in place since 2010, which 
continues to apply. It aids both employees and managers with the transition to and back 
from parental leave, and specifically provides flexibility for women to determine the level 
of contact they wish to be maintained while on parental leave. This has meant women 
can set contact levels they are comfortable with, which may be greater or less than 
quarterly, dependent upon their wishes.

The Management Development Program (MDP) and Graduate Development Program 
(GDP) continue to be our two main internal development programs for entry-level 
management positions. The programs are aimed at recognising and rewarding internal 
team members by supporting their career goals, as well as assisting, retaining and 
promoting entry level female team members through comprehensive training and skills 
development.

 › During the reporting period, 58.3% of participants in the MDP program were female.

 ›

 ›

The RMIT intern program currently has 100% female representation. 

The GDP was not run in 2014.

Our Merchandise In Training Program is our key middle management program, which 
has continued throughout the reporting period and is aimed at developing team 
members for senior roles within our merchandise areas.

During the reporting period, 94% of the participants in this program were female. 

39  Corporate Governance Statement

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   39

8/10/14   1:06 PM

These policies provide a platform for further promotion of flexible 
work and careers and active practice of inclusion, particularly for team 
members with caring responsibilities.

The Company believes that the benefits of our activities and initiatives 
around diversity and inclusion accrue in many ways in our business. 
Most importantly, improving diversity and flexibility within the 
workforce has seen increased employee engagement, which is a 
key driver for productivity and providing great customer service. It 
also helps the Company remain innovative in the ever-changing 
markets in which we operate. In addition, improving the diversity of 
our workforce and being an inclusive place to work, has meant that 
the Company has been able to build stronger connections in the 
communities we serve and in which employees live. The Company’s 
plans in these areas are focused on continuing to connect with 
our diverse customer base, contribute within the community and 
encourage diversity, engagement, and productivity in delivering 
against the Company’s strategy.

Corporate Governance Statement 
continued

6.5  Other initiatives - Our people strategy
The Company continues to invest in human resource systems and 
tools to support and facilitate more flexible ways of working.

The Company has continued its commitment to, and work in, 
other areas of diversity and inclusion during FY2014 resulting in 
achievements in each of the following areas:

 ›

 Leadership development 
During the year the Company launched the Interaction 
Management program to equip the Company’s leaders with 
coaching skills to empower their teams and embed a positive  
and consistent coaching culture across the Company.  
This coaching program is currently being deployed to  
frontline managers across Myer.

 › Employee engagement 

 ›

 ›

A highly engaged workforce is a key part of success for Myer. 
Research shows that a highly engaged workforce correlates to 
better customer service, reduced health and safety incidents,  
as well as higher productivity and profitability. In 2013 Myer’s  
‘Your Say’ engagement survey reported our employee engagement 
at 83 percent. This was the first survey that was run since 2006 and 
sets an excellent benchmark for the Company. This result reflects 
substantial work that we have undertaken to address employee 
feedback in the areas of acknowledgement, communication, and 
development. Across Myer, teams have identified priorities specific 
to their team members and have developed plans to drive and 
build engagement. 
 Indigenous participation  
The Company continues to look at identifying opportunities to 
increase Indigenous career pathways and job readiness programs.  
Flexible arrangements and parental leave  
Diversity has always been valued and encouraged at the 
Company. With a workforce comprising predominantly female 
team members, the Company was proud to be the first major 
Australian retailer to introduce paid parental leave in 2009 and 
has maintained this level of support in addition to more recent 
Federal Government initiatives regarding parental leave. The nature 
of retail requires the Company to have a flexible and responsive 
workforce that is available to meet the variable shopping habits 
of our customers. This flexibility has afforded team members the 
opportunity to balance work and family responsibilities, including a 
graduated return to work from parental leave, whilst establishing a 
long and fulfilling career at the Company.  
We recognise that periods of parental leave represent an 
interruption in career progression. The Company has introduced  
a number of initiatives to encourage our team members to  
return to work and to enable them to balance their family and  
work responsibilities. 
The Company offers flexible work arrangements for all team 
members returning from parental leave. This includes targeted 
support in special circumstances to help balance life priorities with 
work and to manage careers including compressed work weeks 
(where employees work the usual number of hours in fewer days), 
flexible start and finish times, job sharing, telecommuting, part-
time work arrangements, and unpaid leave for any purpose. 

40  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   40

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Compliance with ASX Principles
The table below is provided to facilitate your understanding of the Company’s compliance with the recommendations in the ASX Principles (2nd 
edition) and indicates where each recommendation is discussed in this statement.1

Recommendation 

Principle 1 – Lay solid foundations for management and oversight 

Reference in Corporate 
Governance Statement 

1.1  Disclose the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated to senior executives

See sections 1.1 and 1.2 

1.2  Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives

See section 1.3 

Principle 2 – Structure the Board to add value

2.1  A majority of the Board should be independent directors

2.2  The chair should be an independent director

2.3  The roles of chair and CEO should not be exercised by the same individual

2.4  The Board should establish a nomination committee 

See sections 2.1 and 2.4 

See sections 1.2 and 2.1 

See sections 1.2 and 2.1 

See sections 3.1 and 3.4 

2.5  Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the Board, its committees and individual directors

See section 1.3 

Principle 3 – Promote ethical and responsible decision-making

3.1   Establish a code of conduct which sets out the Company’s key rules, values and guidelines to guide the 

See section 5.1

directors, the CEO, the CFO and any other senior executives

3.2   Establish and disclose a diversity policy which requires the Board to establish measurable objectives for 

achieving gender diversity for the Board

See part 6, sections 6.1 
and 6.2

3.3   Disclose the Company’s measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by the Board and 

See section 6.4

progress towards achieving them 

3.4   Disclose the proportion of women employees in the whole organisation, in senior executive positions 

See section 6.3

and on the Board

Principle 4 – Safeguard integrity in financial reporting

4.1  Establish an audit committee

See sections 3.1 and 3.2 

4.2   The audit committee should have at least three members, consist only of non-executive directors 

See sections 3.1 and 3.2

(a majority of whom should be independent) and be chaired by an independent chair who is not the 
chair of the Board

4.3  The audit committee should have a formal charter

Principle 5 – Make timely and balanced disclosure

See section 3.1

5.1   Establish and disclose a policy to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements  

See section 5.2

and accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance

Principle 6 – Respect the rights of shareholders

6.1  Establish and disclose a shareholder communications policy 

See section 5.4

Principle 7 – Recognise and manage risk

7.1  Establish and disclose policies for the oversight and management of material business risks

7.2   The Board should require management to design and implement risk management and internal 
control systems to manage material business risks and to report on whether those risks are being 
managed effectively

See sections 4.1 and 4.2 

See sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.4 
and 4.5 

7.3   Disclose whether the Board has received assurance from the CEO and the CFO that the declaration 

See section 4.5

provided in accordance with s295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound system of risk 
management and internal control that is operating effectively in all material respects in relation  
to financial reporting risks

Principle 8 – Remunerate fairly and responsibly

8.1  Establish a remuneration committee

See sections 3.1 and 3.3

8.2   The remuneration committee should have at least three members, a majority of whom are independent, 

See sections 3.1 and 3.3

and be chaired by an independent chair

8.3   Distinguish the structure of non-executive directors’ remuneration from that of executive directors and 

senior executives

See section 1.4 and the 
Remuneration Report

1  The table includes all recommendations in the ASX Principles and Recommendations other than the ‘Guide to Reporting’ recommendations.

41  Corporate Governance Statement

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   41

8/10/14   1:06 PM

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Your directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of the Company and the entities it controlled (collectively referred to as 
the Group) at the end of, or during the period ended 26 July 2014. 

1.  Directors
The following persons were directors of the Company during the financial year and/or up to the date of this Directors’ Report: 

Director

Paul McClintock AO

Rupert Myer AM

Bernie Brookes 

Anne Brennan 

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Peter Hay

Bob Thorn

Position 

Date appointed as director

Chairman from 10 October 2012 
Independent non-executive director

Deputy Chairman from 8 August 2012 
Independent non-executive director

8 August 2012

12 July 2006

CEO and Managing Director

12 July 2006

Independent non-executive director

16 September 2009

Independent non-executive director

6 February 2014

Independent non-executive director

9 December 2010

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

3 February 2010

6 February 2014

Ian Cornell and Bob Thorn were appointed as directors on 6 February 2014. Peter Hay retired as a director with effect from 14 July 2014.

All other directors served as directors of the Company for the whole financial year and until the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Details of the qualifications, experience and special responsibilities of each current director are set out on pages 26 and 27 of this Annual Report. 

2.  Directorships of other listed companies
The following table shows, for each person who served as a director during the financial year and/or up to the date of this Directors’ Report,  
all directorships of companies that were listed on the ASX, other than the Company, since 31 July 2011, and the period for which each 
directorship has been held. The information provided in relation to former director Peter Hay is current as at the date that he retired as a  
director of the Company. 

Director

Paul McClintock AO

Rupert Myer AM

Bernie Brookes 

Anne Brennan 

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Peter Hay

Listed entity

Perpetual Limited

AMCIL Limited

Healthscope Limited

Period directorship held

April 2004 – November 2012

January 2000 – present
July 2014 – present1

Diversified United Investment Limited

November 2002 – January 2012 

–

Charter Hall Group

Nufarm Limited

Argo Investments Limited

Echo Entertainment Group Limited

Goodman Fielder Limited

Goodman Fielder Limited

Alumina Limited

–

October 2010 – present

February 2011 – present

September 2011 – present
March 2012 – present2

February 2014 – present

August 2009 – present 

December 2002 – December 2013

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

November 2008 – April 2014

Bob Thorn

–

GUD Holdings Limited

Newcrest Mining Limited

May 2009 – present

August 2013 – present

–

1   Healthscope Limited was listed on the ASX on 28 July 2014, after the reporting period, but prior to the date of this Directors’ Report. Rupert Myer AM was appointed as a director 

of Healthscope Limited on the same date.

2   On 31 July 2014, Echo Entertainment Group Limited announced that Anne Brennan will retire as a director, following its Annual General Meeting to be  

held on 31 October 2014.

42  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   42

8/10/14   1:06 PM

3.  Meetings of directors and Board Committees
The number of meetings of the Board and of each Board Committee held during the period ended 26 July 2014 are set out below. 

All directors are invited to attend Board Committee meetings. Most Board Committee meetings are attended by all directors; however,  
only attendance by directors who are members of the relevant Committee is shown in the table below. 

Director

Paul McClintock AO

Rupert Myer AM

Bernie Brookes 

Anne Brennan 

Ian Cornell1

Chris Froggatt

Peter Hay2

Bob Thorn1

Meetings of 
directors

Audit, Finance and 
Risk Committee

Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee

Nomination 
Committee

A

11

10

11

11

5

11

10

5

B

11

11

11

11

5

11

10

5

A

–

4

–

4

–

–

3

1

B

–

4

–

4

–

–

3

1

A

–

4

–

4

1

4

–

–

B

–

4

–

4

1

4

–

–

A

3

2

–

3

–

4

–

–

B

3

3

–

3

–

4

–

–

Notes:
A:   Number of meetings attended.
B:   Number of meetings held during the time the director held office or was a member of the Committee during the year. 
1  

Ian Cornell and Bob Thorn were appointed as directors on 6 February 2014. Ian Cornell was appointed to the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee and Bob Thorn 
was appointed to the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee on 19 March 2014. 

2   Peter Hay retired as a director on 14 July 2014. 

4.  Directors’ relevant interests in shares
The following table sets out the relevant interests that each director has in the Company’s ordinary shares or other securities as at the date of this 
Directors’ Report. 

No director has a relevant interest in a related body corporate of the Company. 

Director

Paul McClintock AO

Rupert Myer AM

Bernie Brookes 

Anne Brennan 

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Bob Thorn

Ordinary shares

Options

Performance rights 

181,000

733,999

10,042,399

53,658

10,000

10,040

100,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,058,383

–

–

–

–

Peter Hay retired as a director of the Company with effect from 14 July 2014. At the date of his retirement, Mr Hay had a relevant interest in 
12,195 ordinary shares in the Company.

5.  Company Secretary
Marion Rodwell has been the Company Secretary of the Company since 2008. In addition to being Group Company Secretary, Ms Rodwell is  
also Chief General Counsel of the Group. Ms Rodwell’s experience and qualifications are set out on page 29 of this Annual Report. 

43  Directors’ Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   43

8/10/14   1:06 PM

10. Key risks and uncertainties
The Group’s strategies take into account the expected operating and 
retail market conditions, together with general economic conditions, 
which are inherently uncertain. 

The Group has structured, proactive risk management and internal 
control systems in place to manage material risks. The key risks and 
uncertainties that may have an effect on the Group’s ability to execute 
its business strategies and the Group’s future growth prospects and 
how the Group manages these risks are set out on pages 10 and 11.

11.  Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year
No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of the 
financial year which has not been dealt with in this Directors’ Report  
or the Financial Report, that has significantly affected, or may 
significantly affect: 

(a) the Group’s operations in future financial years; 

(b) the results of those operations in future financial years; and 

(c)  the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

12.  Dividends
The following dividends have been paid to shareholders during the 
financial year: 

2013 Final dividend 

Final dividend for the period ended 27 July 2013 of  
8.0 cents per fully paid ordinary share, fully franked, paid 
on 14 November 2013

2014 Interim dividend 

Interim dividend for the period ended 26 July 2014 of  
9.0 cents per fully paid ordinary share, fully franked, paid 
on 8 May 2014

$’000

46,759

$’000

52,711

In addition to the above dividends, since the end of the financial  
year, the Board of Directors has determined a final fully franked 
dividend of 5.5 cents per fully paid ordinary share to be paid on  
13 November 2014.

Further information regarding dividends is set out in the Financial 
Report (at note 22). 

Directors’ Report 
continued

6.  Principal activities
During the financial year, the principal activity of the Group was the 
operation of the Myer department store business. 

7.  Operating and financial review
A detailed review of the Group’s operations for the financial year and the 
results of those operations are set out on pages 4 to 21 of this Annual 
Report, in the Chairman and CEO Report (pages 4 and 5) and the 
Operating and Financial Review (pages 6 to 21). 

8.  Significant changes in the state of affairs
The following significant changes to the Group’s state of affairs have 
occurred since the beginning of the financial year: 

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

the continued investment in our strategic plan, including in 
relation to the acquisition and development of brands and retail 
formats, and our omni-channel offer;

a continuing challenging retail environment; 

the appointment of two new non-executive directors, Mr Bob 
Thorn and Mr Ian Cornell, and the resignation of Mr Peter Hay from 
his role as a non-executive director; 

the strengthening of our senior management team with a  
number of new appointments and the reappointment of Mr Bernie 
Brookes as CEO and Managing Director; 

the refurbishments of four of our top 25 stores in Adelaide  
(South Australia), Indooroopilly (Queensland), Miranda  
(New South Wales) and Macquarie (New South Wales); 

the addition of menswear, childrenswear and toy departments 
in the Emporium Melbourne development, adjoining the Myer 
Melbourne (Victoria) store; 

 › preparations for new stores due to be opened prior to Christmas 

2014 in Mount Gravatt (Queensland) and Joondalup  
(Western Australia); 

 ›

 ›

the closure of our stores in Elizabeth (South Australia) and 
Dandenong (Victoria); and

the acquisition of the remaining 35 percent of shares in the  
sass & bide business resulting in complete ownership. 

These matters are discussed on pages 6 to 21. 

Other than the matters above, there were no significant changes in 
the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year, or up to the 
date of this Directors’ Report. 

9.  Business strategies and future developments 
A high level description of the Group’s strategic plan is set out on 
pages 10 and 11 of this Annual Report. 

Discussion of the Group’s business strategies and comments on the 
likely developments in the Group’s operations are included in the 
Chairman and CEO Report (pages 4 and 5) and the Operating and 
Financial Review (pages 6 to 21). 

Further information on likely developments in the Group’s operations 
and the expected results of those operations has not been included 
in this Annual Report. The directors believe that the inclusion of 
such information including certain business strategies, projects and 
prospects, would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the 
Group’s interests. 

44  Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   44

8/10/14   1:06 PM

13.   Options and performance rights granted over 

unissued shares

The ‘Myer Equity Incentive Plan’ (MEIP) operates for selected senior 
executives and has been in operation since December 2006. Under 
the MEIP, the Company has granted eligible executives options and 
performance rights over unissued ordinary shares of the Company, 
subject to certain vesting conditions. Shares delivered to senior 
executives as a result of the vesting and exercise of options and 
performance rights can be either issued as new shares or purchased 
on market.

Each option or performance right entitles the holder to acquire one 
ordinary fully paid share in the Company (subject to the adjustments 
outlined below). 

Options
No options were granted under the MEIP in the financial year ended 
26 July 2014 and no options have been granted since the end of the 
year. The following table sets out the details of options that have been 
granted under the MEIP over unissued shares of the Company and 
that remain on issue as at the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Date options 
granted

Expiry date

Exercise
price of
options

Number of
options1

30 June 2009

24 October 2014

$2.34

2,191,650

Closing balance

2,191,650

1  Each option entitles the holder to receive one fully paid ordinary share in the 

Company, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions and 
the payment of the exercise price. 

A holder of an option may only participate in new issues of securities 
of the Company if the option has been exercised, participation is 
permitted by its terms, and the shares in respect of the options have 
been allocated and transferred to the option right holder before the 
record date for determining entitlements to the new issue. 

The number of shares that option holders are entitled to receive  
on the exercise of an option, or the exercise price of those options, 
may be adjusted in a manner consistent with the ASX Listing Rules  
if there is: 

 ›

 ›

a pro rata issue of shares to the Company’s shareholders (such as a 
bonus issue); or 
any reconstruction of the capital of the Company (such as a 
subdivision or return of capital). 

If the manner of adjustment is not prescribed by the ASX Listing 
Rules, the Board can determine the adjustment to ensure that option 
holders are not advantaged or disadvantaged as a result of any such 
capital action. 

Further information about options granted under the MEIP (including 
the details of the options granted to the Key Management Personnel 
(KMP) of the Company) is included in the Remuneration Report (at 
pages 58 to 62). 

Performance rights
Since 2011, only performance rights have been granted under the 
MEIP. During the financial year the Company granted a total of 868,789 
performance rights to selected senior executives. These performance 
rights were granted under the ‘Executive Equity Incentive Plan’ (EEIP) 
offer. Two separate offers were made under the EEIP during the 
financial year: 183,566 performance rights were granted to the CFO 
under a specific CFO EEIP offer; and 685,223 performance rights were 
granted to other executives. In previous years, the Company granted 
performance rights to senior executives under a MEIP offer; however, 
no performance rights were granted under that offer during the 
financial year.

The performance rights granted under each offer are subject to 
different performance conditions. 

No performance rights have been granted since the end of the 
financial year ended 26 July 2014.

The following table sets out the details of performance rights that 
have been granted under the MEIP and that remain on issue as at the 
date of this Directors’ Report. 

Date 
performance 
rights granted 

21 October 2011 
(grant to senior 
executives)

9 December 2011 
(grant to CEO) 

29 January 2013 
(grant to senior 
executives under the 
EEIP offer)

29 January 2013 
(grant to senior 
executives under the 
MEIP offer)

11 December 2013 
(grant to CFO under 
the EEIP offer)

11 December 2013 
(grant to senior 
executives under the 
EEIP offer)

Closing balance

Expiry date

Issue
price 

Number of
performance
rights1

31 October 2014

31 October 2014

Nil

Nil

2,059,621

2,058,383

31 October 2015

Nil

457,805

31 October 2015

31 October 2016

Nil

Nil

1,128,961

183,566

31 October 2016

Nil

329,630

6,217,966

1  Each performance right entitles the holder to receive one fully paid ordinary share 
in the Company, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions. 

A holder of a performance right may only participate in new issues of 
securities of the Company if the performance right has been exercised, 
participation is permitted by its terms, and the shares in respect of 
the performance rights have been allocated and transferred to the 
performance right holder before the record date for determining 
entitlements to the new issue. As with the options, the number of 
performance rights that a holder is entitled to receive on the exercise 
of a performance right may be adjusted in a manner consistent 
with the ASX Listing Rules if there is a pro rata issue of shares or a 
reconstruction of the capital of the Company.

Further information about performance rights issued under the MEIP 
(including the performance conditions attached to the performance 
rights granted under the EEIP offer and the MEIP offer, and the 
performance rights granted to the KMP of the Company) is included in 
the Remuneration Report (at pages 58 to 62).

45  Directors’ Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   45

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Directors’ Report 
continued

14. 

 Shares issued on the exercise of options 
and performance rights

Options
From time to time, the Company issues fully paid ordinary shares in 
the Company to the Myer Equity Plans Trust (Trust) for the purpose of 
meeting anticipated exercises of securities granted under the MEIP. 

During the period ended 26 July 2014, 2,090,000 fully paid ordinary 
shares of the Company were issued to the Trust for this purpose. To 
calculate the issue price of shares issued to the Trust, the Company 
uses the 7-day Volume Weighted Average Price of the Company’s 
shares as at the close of trading on the date of issue. During the 
period, all shares provided on the exercise of options were delivered 
via this mechanism. 

During the period, 2,110,500 shares were transferred from the Trust to 
participants on the exercise of options under the MEIP as detailed below. 

Date options 
granted 

Exercise price
of options

Number of shares
provided on
exercise of options

17 December 2008

$2.14

2,110,500

Post balance date events
Since 26 July 2014, 5,000 further shares have been issued to the Trust. 
No other acquisitions of shares have been made by the Trust during  
this period. Since 26 July 2014, 10,000 fully paid ordinary shares of the 
Company held by the Trust were transferred to participants in the MEIP. 

Performance rights
No performance rights were eligible to vest or to be exercised during 
the financial year. 

15.  Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Report, which comprises part of this  
Directors’ Report is presented separately on pages 47 to 67.

16.  Indemnification and insurance of directors and officers
The Company’s Constitution requires the Company to indemnify 
current and former directors, alternate directors, executive officers 
and officers of the Company on a full indemnity basis and to the full 
extent permitted by law against all liabilities incurred as an officer of 
the Group, except to the extent covered by insurance. Further, the 
Company’s Constitution permits the Company to maintain and pay 
insurance premiums for director and officer liability insurance, to the 
extent permitted by law. 

Consistent with (and in addition to) the provisions in the Company’s 
Constitution outlined above, the Company has also entered into deeds 
of access, indemnity and insurance with all directors of the Company 
which provide indemnities against losses incurred in their role as 
directors, subject to certain exclusions, including to the extent that 
such indemnity is prohibited by the Corporations Act or any other 
applicable law. The deeds stipulate that the Company will meet the full 
amount of any such liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees). 

During the financial year, the Company paid insurance premiums for 
a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contract that provides cover 
for the current and former directors, alternate directors, secretaries, 
executive officers and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
The directors have not included details of the nature of the liabilities 
covered in this contract or the amount of the premium paid, as 
disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contract.

is a party, for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or part of those proceedings. No proceedings have 
been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with the 
leave of the court under section 237 of the Corporations Act. 

18.  Environmental regulation
The Group is subject to and has complied with the reporting and 
compliance requirements of the National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting Act 2007 (Cth) (NGER Act). No significant environmental 
incidents have been reported internally, and no breaches have been 
notified to the Group by any government agency. The NGER Act 
requires the Group to report its annual greenhouse gas emissions and 
energy use. The Group has implemented systems and processes for 
the collection and calculation of the data required. In compliance with 
the NGER Act, the Group submitted its fifth report to the Greenhouse 
and Energy Data Officer in October 2013 and is due to submit its sixth 
report by 31 October 2014.

The Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (Cth) (EEO Act) was 
repealed with effect from 29 June 2014. The EEO Act required 
the Group to assess its energy usage, evaluate energy saving 
opportunities, and to report publicly on the assessments undertaken. 
While the EEO Act was still in force, the Group submitted its sixth 
public report in December 2013. 

19.  Non-audit services
The Company may decide to employ its external auditor on 
assignments additional to its statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Company and/or the Group are 
important. Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor (PwC) 
for audit and non-audit services provided during the year are set out in 
the Financial Report (at note 24). 
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with advice 
received from the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations 
Act. The directors are satisfied that the provision of the non-audit 
services by the auditor did not compromise the auditor independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act for the following reasons: 
 ›

all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit, Finance 
and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact on the 
impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and 

 › none of the services undermine the general principles relating to 
auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants.

20.  Auditor’s independence declaration
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under 
section 307C of the Corporations Act is set out on page 114.

21.  Rounding of amounts
The Group has taken advantage of ASIC Class Order 98/100 relating 
to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report. Amounts in 
the Directors’ Report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand 
dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar. 

The Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a resolution  
of directors. 

17.  Proceedings on behalf of the Company
No person has applied to the court under section 237 of the 
Corporations Act for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the 
Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company 

Paul McClintock AO
Chairman
Melbourne, 3 October 2014

46    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   46

8/10/14   1:06 PM

REMUNERATION REPORT

This Report sets out the strategy, framework and conditions of employment for Myer Holdings Limited non-executive directors, executive 
directors and other Key Management Personnel (KMP) of the Group and the Company. The report also details the role and accountability of the 
Board and the relevant Committees established to support the Board on these matters. 

Contents 
This report provides details on the following matters: 
 ›

FY2014 remuneration overview 

 › Directors and executives disclosed in this report 

 › CEO and Managing Director contract renewal

 ›

Future focus for executive reward 

 › Human Resources and Remuneration Committee and remuneration governance 

 › Use of remuneration consultants 

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

Policies for remuneration of directors and other KMP 

Equity arrangements with directors and other KMP 

Remuneration and Company performance 

Remuneration outcomes for directors and other KMP

FY2014 remuneration overview 
During FY2014, the Board continued to review Myer’s approach to executive remuneration with a view to ensuring ongoing alignment between 
executive remuneration, Group performance and shareholder returns. The Board understands executive remuneration is an issue of significant 
and sustained interest for shareholders. The Board remains committed to the principle that remuneration received by members of the executive 
team should reflect Company performance and the achievement of demanding financial objectives. 

The Board’s priority over the past year has been to oversee the introduction of a number of measures designed to further improve the 
Company’s remuneration practices and provide greater consistency and transparency in the Company’s approach. While retaining largely the 
same structure, the Board received advice from its remuneration adviser, Ernst & Young (EY), to assist in a better alignment of performance to 
sustainable financial and customer outcomes, while attracting and retaining high quality senior executives. 

An equally important focus of the Board is supporting initiatives to foster diversity, engagement, talent management and succession planning 
throughout all levels of the business, and progress has been made in all of these areas over the past year.

A key component of the Company’s strategic plan is creating a business and culture to attract and retain high performing individuals. The Board 
continues to take a considered approach to executive remuneration but is mindful that shareholder interests will not be served if the Company 
becomes unable to retain or attract the talented people who are key to achieving the Company’s strategic objectives. 

Myer recently announced a number of senior management and organisational changes to evolve and accelerate its strategy, support its growth 
and transformation, and strengthen succession planning within its senior leadership group. The Board recognised the need to appoint a number 
of senior executives to improve the bench strength of the leadership group. 

47  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   47

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

Key developments/changes for the year ended 26 July 2014 were: 

Organisational changes

Key development/remuneration outcomes

Governance and 
non-executive 
director 
remuneration

Bob Thorn appointed as a non-executive director on  
6 February 2014.

Ian Cornell appointed as a non-executive director on  
6 February 2014.

Peter Hay retired as a non-executive director effective 
from 14 July 2014.

CEO and 
Managing Director 
remuneration

Mr Bernie Brookes reappointed as CEO and Managing 
Director on an ‘open term’ contract effective from 
February 2014.

Directors’ fees were not increased in FY2014. 

Mr Brookes’ fixed remuneration has been adjusted 
by 11.1% to $2.0 million per annum. This was the first 
adjustment since September 2011. Mr Brookes’ base pay 
is subject to annual performance-based review.

 › Short term incentive (STI) 

A target annual incentive payment equivalent to 
120% of Mr Brookes’ Total Fixed Compensation (TFC) 
for achievement against targeted performance and 
up to 150% of TFC for superior performance based on 
prescribed metrics. Subject to shareholder approval, 
30% of any annual STI awarded to Mr Brookes will be 
delivered through a grant of restricted shares for two 
years from the date of grant.

 ›

Long term incentive (LTI) 
Subject to shareholder approval, Mr Brookes’ long 
term incentive award will be delivered through a grant 
of performance rights to the value of 30% of TFC.  
Mr Brookes will be eligible to participate in future 
grants of performance rights under the Executive 
Equity Incentive Plan (EEIP), with any such grants 
being subject to shareholder approval.

Under Mr Brookes’ previous contract he was entitled to 
a payment equal to 12 months’ pay ($1.8 million) had his 
employment ceased under his contract in August 2014. 
This payment no longer applies.

Other KMP 
remuneration

KMP consists of 
four executives at 
Executive General 
Manager level

Greg Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

Adam Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014.

A general freeze on the base pay of executives applied in 
FY2014.

The Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Mark Ashby’s base 
pay was adjusted by 7.1% in recognition of additional 
responsibilities, effective from 1 May 2014.

No STI payment awarded to executives. 
This is the fourth consecutive year where no STI has been 
awarded. 

Executives were granted new performance rights in 
FY2014, with 868,789 performance rights granted in 
December 2013.

48    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   48

8/10/14   1:06 PM

The Board considers each element of KMP reward annually. The Board takes into account the outcomes achieved and also seeks advice from its 
independent adviser EY on the remuneration practices of relevant comparator companies. 

In framing the remuneration structure for FY2014, the Board assessed the Company’s remuneration arrangements and the following changes 
were made to the Company’s remuneration structure for FY2014. 

 › Base Pay – Changes were made to the CEO and Managing Director’s remuneration arrangements as part of the renewal of his contract in 

FY2014 (these are outlined in more detail below). In addition, the Board approved changes to the remuneration of the CFO in recognition of 
his additional responsibilities and an independent review indicating that the CFO’s fixed remuneration level was below market median. 

A general freeze on the fixed remuneration of salaried team members applied in FY2014 and as a result no annual remuneration increases 
were delivered to executives.

 › STI – At the beginning of the financial year, the Board approves the performance targets and measures which must be satisfied for any 
STI award to be made to KMP and other executives in that year. The performance measure selected for the FY2014 STI Plan for KMP and 
executives was focused on the Company’s Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) performance. Accordingly, eligible executives are only entitled to 
receive an STI reward when the Company’s profit is consistent with or ahead of the business plan approved by the Board. The NPAT hurdle 
was selected on the basis that it has a direct correlation to the financial performance of the Company and is intended to incentivise KMP and 
executives to work towards building the Company’s financial performance. 

 ›

LTI – Performance rights were granted to KMP under a revised Executive Equity Incentive Plan (EEIP) offer in FY2014. The performance rights 
granted under the EEIP offer continued to be subject to the same two hurdles as in previous years, being relative Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR) against an index of comparator companies (50% of the performance rights granted to each executive were subject to the TSR Hurdle) 
and Compound Annual Growth Rate in Earnings Per Share (CAGR EPS) (25% of the performance rights granted to each executive were 
subject to the CAGR EPS Hurdle).  

A third metric, the Business Transformation (BT) Hurdle, was introduced under the FY2014 plan relating to the successful delivery of the 
Company’s strategic plan over the performance period (25% of the performance rights granted to each executive under the EEIP are subject 
to this hurdle). This hurdle was chosen by the Board as a way of measuring the Company’s transformation through the structural changes of 
the retail industry and in recognition of the important delivery of the strategic plan to the Company. This BT Hurdle will be tested at the end 
of the performance period (following the submission of the Company’s audited results to the ASX for FY2016) by comparing the Company’s 
actual performance against the Company’s target performance against those measures as set out in the Company’s business plan.  

Additional performance rights were offered to the CFO in FY2014. The potential value of the performance rights granted to the CFO under 
the EEIP was equivalent to 75% of his TFC. The performance rights reflecting 45% of his TFC will be subject to the three metrics outlined 
above (applied in the same way as for other executives covered by the EEIP offer), and performance rights reflecting 30% of his TFC subject to 
a condition of continuous employment with the Company through to the end of the performance period. 

The Board considers the changes made to each of the elements of reward for the KMP to be appropriate, taking into account the Company’s 
overall reward objectives, relevant market comparators and the interests of shareholders. 

Directors and executives disclosed in this report 

Name 

Position

Non-executive directors 

P McClintock

Chairman, 
Independent non-executive director

R Myer

Deputy Chairman,  
Independent non-executive director

A Brennan

Independent non-executive director

I Cornell1

Independent non-executive director

C Froggatt

Independent non-executive director

P Hay2

R Thorn3

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Name

Position

Name

Position

Executive director

Other Key Management Personnel

B Brookes CEO and  

M Ashby

Chief Financial Officer 

Managing Director

A Stapleton4 Executive General Manager 
Merchandise

A Sutton

Executive General Manager Stores

G Travers5

Executive General Manager Business 
Services and Strategic Planning

I Cornell was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.

1 
2  P Hay was appointed as a non-executive director on 3 February 2010 and retired on 14 July 2014.
3  R Thorn was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.
4  A Stapleton was promoted to Executive General Manager Merchandise on 4 February 2013 and ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
5  G Travers was appointed as Executive General Manager Business Services on 1 November 2010 and ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

49  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   49

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

CEO and Managing Director contract renewal
In February 2014 the Board announced the reappointment of  
Mr Brookes as CEO and Managing Director. The key terms and 
conditions of Mr Brookes’ reappointment are outlined below:

Term
The new contract is in the form of an ‘open term’ contract and replaces 
Mr Brookes’ previous fixed term contract which was due to expire in 
August 2014.

Remuneration package
Mr Brookes’ remuneration includes his TFC (being cash salary and 
superannuation), an annual STI delivered in cash and equity in the 
form of restricted shares and a LTI delivered in equity in the form of 
performance rights.

 › TFC 

Mr Brookes’ TFC is subject to an annual performance-based review. 
His fixed remuneration has been adjusted by 11.1% to  
$2.0 million per annum. This is the first adjustment to Mr Brookes’ 
fixed remuneration since September 2011.

 › STI  

 ›

Mr Brookes is eligible to receive an annual incentive payment 
equivalent to 120% of TFC at target, and up to 150% of TFC at 
stretch.  Subject to shareholder approval, 30% of any STI awarded 
will be delivered in restricted shares. Mr Brookes cannot access, 
trade or otherwise deal in the shares for a period of two years from 
the date of the grant, which effectively defers this portion of Mr 
Brookes’ STI reward for two years. The Board has a discretion to 
award cash in lieu of restricted shares. 

LTI  
Subject to shareholder approval, Mr Brookes, will be entitled to 
receive performance rights to the value of 30% of his TFC. These 
will be broadly on the same terms as performance rights granted 
to other senior executives participating in the EEIP.  
Mr Brookes received a one-off long term incentive of $2.7 million 
as part of his 2011 contract renewal. The long term incentive 
was delivered through a one-off grant of performance rights 
which were granted to Mr Brookes following the 2011 AGM. The 
performance rights were subject to the satisfaction of the following 
performance hurdles: 50% of the performance rights were subject 
to a TSR Hurdle and 50% were subject to an EPS Hurdle. Regardless 
of performance against the TSR and EPS Hurdles, the CEO was 
required to develop and deliver a succession plan for the role 
of the CEO by the conclusion of the performance period and to 
comply with the terms of his employment contract. 

Indicative testing of the TSR and EPS performance hurdles 
applicable to this grant of performance rights to the CEO was 
undertaken following the lodgement of the Company’s FY2014 
preliminary financial results with the ASX. Based on this preliminary 
assessment, these rights are not likely to vest as the TSR and CAGR 
EPS hurdles are unlikely to be achieved. The TSR and EPS hurdles 
will be tested following the lodgement of the Company’s audited 
results with the ASX. If that testing confirms that the hurdles have 
not been achieved, then all of these performance rights will lapse.

Total remuneration
Under Mr Brookes’ new contract, his total remuneration (including TFC, 
STI and LTI) at target is $5 million and at stretch, $5.6 million.

Termination provisions
Myer may terminate Mr Brookes’ employment at any time by  
providing 12 months, written notice or payment in lieu of notice  
(or a combination of these).

Mr Brookes may terminate his employment by providing the 
Company with six months’ notice.

Future focus for executive reward
The Board was pleased to announce the appointment of a number of 
senior executives in June 2014. We believe we have secured several 
outstanding executives to join the Company’s senior leadership team, 
with an excellent combination of new thought leadership and world 
class retailing skills obtained both domestically and internationally. 
These appointments complement the knowledge and experience of 
the existing leadership team.

The remuneration arrangements to secure these executives were 
structured to encourage them to move from their previous roles 
where they had significant incentive arrangements which were to be 
forfeited upon leaving. Selected sign-on grants have been made in the 
form of both cash and equity to align them to shareholder interests. 
These can be clawed back and forfeited if the executive is not retained.

The Board considers each element of KMP reward annually, having 
regard to the experience and outcomes achieved and advice from 
its independent adviser, EY, on the relative position of KMP at Myer 
to relevant comparator companies. The Board has determined that 
the following changes will be made to the Company’s remuneration 
structure for the 2015 financial year:

 ›

Fixed remuneration - The Board undertook a review of 
remuneration for KMP and benchmarked this against the market. 
This review highlighted the need to adjust base salaries for some 
KMP (giving consideration to the freeze on base salaries applied in 
FY2014). These increases reflect the restructure of the business and 
our need to retain KMP to lead major strategic initiatives.

 › STI - To incentivise performance and bring about positive change, 

three metrics will be considered to determine any incentive 
payment for FY2015: EBIT will be the main metric, weighted 
at 50% of the total potential reward; sales growth will be the 
second metric, weighted at 30%; and the final metric will be the 
achievement of personal objectives we have established for each 
KMP and other executives, weighted at 20%. Each measure will be 
assessed in isolation without a ‘gate’ applying before any payment 
is made against individual metrics. 
EBIT growth is one of the primary measures that the Board uses 
to assess the operating performance of the Group, with an aim to 
maintain a focus on the Group’s operating results and associated 
cash generation. It reflects the contribution from individual assets 
to the Group’s operating performance and focuses on elements of 
the result that management can influence to drive improvements 
in short term earnings. 
Sales growth was chosen principally because of the impact it has 
on NPAT, which is a significant contributor to the achievement of 
satisfactory returns to shareholders. 
Personal objectives will make up 20% of the STI available to each of 
the KMP and other executives. This metric will depend on specific 
individual quantitative targets set by the CEO (and approved by 
the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee and the 
Board). These targets relate to aspects of the business over which 
the relevant executive has significant influence and aligned to our 
strategic goals. 
The measures selected for each executive have been determined 
by reference to the specific objectives of the executive’s role 
for FY2015. Company financial measures were allocated to all 
executives to ensure an alignment between executive reward 
outcomes and Company performance. Given that STI awards are 
contingent on performance across a range of measures, maximum 
STI awards can only be achieved for performance that is strong on 
all measures. 
As in previous years, the Board has 100% discretion with the  
STI outcome. 

50    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   50

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 ›

LTI – Performance rights will be granted to KMP under an EEIP offer 
in FY2015. The performance rights granted under the EEIP offer 
will continue be subject to the same three hurdles of Relative TSR 
performance against an index of comparator companies (weighted 
at 50%), CAGR EPS (weighted at 25%) and Business Transformation 
(weighted at 25%).  
The Business Transformation Hurdle was introduced under the 
FY2014 plan, relating to the successful delivery of the strategic plan 
over the performance period.  

With the delisting of David Jones from the ASX it was timely 
to review the TSR peer group of organisations to apply to the 
FY2015 allocation of performance shares. Our discussions with 
proxy advisers, and the Board’s remuneration adviser (EY), have 
helped shape our decisions with regard to the future peer group 
of organisations. The Board has approved a change in comparator 
group for the purposes of measuring relative TSR performance 
under the FY2015 LTI plan offer. The new comparator group will 
comprise of Standard & Poor’s/ASX200 market constituents  
(with some exclusions). This peer group is considered appropriate 
to benchmark the Company’s relative performance, given Myer’s  
size and position within the ASX200.

For FY2015, non-executive director fees (including the Chairman’s 
fee) have been reviewed following independent advice received 
from EY, and will be increased in line with inflation movement. This 
increase remains within the aggregate fee pool limit and is the 
first increase in directors’ fees since Myer’s public listing in 2009. In 
addition, the annual fee for the Chairman of the Human Resources 
and Remuneration Committee will be increased to $22,500 per annum 
(up from $15,000) for FY2015. This increase is in recognition of the 
demands of the responsibilities of this position and is in line with 
market rates.
Human Resources and Remuneration Committee and 
remuneration governance 
The Board annually reviews its role, responsibilities and performance 
to ensure that the Company continues to maintain and improve its 
governance standards. 

The Board is responsible for ensuring the Group’s remuneration 
strategy is equitable and aligned with Company performance and 
shareholder interests. The Board conducts an annual review of the 
remuneration strategy of the business. To assist with this, the Board 
has established a Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 
(Committee) made up of non-executive directors only. The Committee 
charter is available on the Company’s website, myer.com.au/investor. 

To ensure the Committee is fully informed when making remuneration 
decisions, it draws on the services of independent remuneration 
advisers. Independent remuneration advisers are engaged by and 
report directly to the Committee and provide advice and assistance on 
a range of matters including but not limited to: 

 › updates on remuneration trends, regulatory developments and 

shareholder views;

 ›

the review, design or implementation of the executive 
remuneration strategy and its underlying components (such as 
incentive plans); and

 › market remuneration analysis and comparative conditions relevant 

to Myer.

When making remuneration decisions, the Committee will also 
give consideration to the Company’s internal succession plan and 
capability profile. 

Ms Chris Froggatt chairs the Human Resources and Remuneration 
Committee. Other members of the Committee are Ms Anne Brennan, 
and Mr Ian Cornell and Mr Rupert Myer AM. 

In performing its role, the Committee has the responsibility to make 
recommendations to the Board on: 

 › non-executive director fees; 

 ›

 ›

 ›

executive remuneration (for the Managing Director and CEO 
and other executives) including specific recommendations on 
remuneration packages and other terms of employment for the 
Chairman, non-executive directors, the CEO and other senior 
executives; 

the over-arching remuneration framework including the policy, 
strategy and practices for fixed reward and both short and long 
term incentive plans and performance hurdles; and 

the regular and continuing review of executive succession 
planning and executive development activities ensuring 
appropriate plans are in place for succession cover for business 
critical roles.

The Committee has been established under rule 8.15 of the 
Constitution of the Company. Further information on the role of  
the Committee, its membership and meetings held throughout the 
year are set out in the Corporate Governance Statement and the  
Directors’ Report. 

The Committee has regard to the following policy objectives: 

 ›

 ›

 ›

 ›

to ensure that the Company’s remuneration structures are 
equitable and aligned with the long-term interests of the Company 
and its shareholders; 

to attract and retain skilled executives; 

to structure short and long term incentives that are challenging 
and linked to the creation of sustainable shareholder returns; and 

to ensure that any termination benefits are justified and 
appropriate. 

The Chairman, the CEO and the head of the Human Resources 
function are regular attendees at the Committee meetings. The CEO 
was not present during any Committee or Board meetings when his 
remuneration was considered or discussed during the financial year.

The Committee must at all times have regard to, and notify the  
Board as appropriate, of all legal and regulatory requirements, 
including any shareholder approvals required in connection with 
remuneration matters. 

The Committee Chairman or if she is not available, a Committee 
member, will attend the Annual General Meeting and be  
available to answer any questions from shareholders about  
the Committee’s activities or, if appropriate, the Company’s 
remuneration arrangements. 
Use of remuneration consultants 
To ensure it is fully informed when making remuneration decisions, 
the Committee draws on services from a range of external sources, 
including remuneration consultants where appropriate. Myer’s 
guidelines on the use of remuneration consultants aim to ensure the 
independence of remuneration consultants from Myer’s management, 
and include the process for the selection of consultants and the terms 
of engagement.

Remuneration consultants are engaged by, and report directly to,  
the Committee. 

The Board and Committee engage remuneration advisers to provide 
remuneration and market practice advice and information to the 
Board. During FY2014, the Committee continued to engage EY to 
provide independent advice to the Board in its review of remuneration 
arrangements. Remuneration advisers are engaged by the Chairman 
of the Committee with an agreed set of protocols to be followed by 
the advisers, the Committee and management that determine the 
way in which remuneration recommendations would be developed 

51  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   51

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

and provided to the Board. This process is intended to ensure there 
could be no undue influence by KMP for whom any recommendations 
may relate.

Any remuneration information for the CEO provided by EY was 
provided directly to the Committee Chairman who determined 
a recommendation, in consultation with the Committee and the 
Chairman of the Board.

Market data provided by EY is also used to inform the CEO in order to 
propose to the Committee adjustments to the remuneration of KMP 
for their approval. 

Throughout FY2014, the information received from the Committee’s 
remuneration consultants in respect of the CEO and executives  
related to:

 ›

 ›

regulatory reforms;

current market practices; and

 › benchmarking to support the annual remuneration review for the 

CEO and executives.

During this engagement no remuneration recommendations (as 
defined by the Corporations Amendment (Improving Accountability on 
Director and Executive Remuneration) Act 2011 (Cth)) were provided 
to the Committee by EY. The Committee had full oversight of the 
review process and therefore it, and the Board, were satisfied that the 
information provided by EY was free from undue influence by KMP.

During the renewal of the CEO’s contract of employment, a 
remuneration recommendation (as defined by Division 1 of  
Part 1.2 of Chapter 1 of the Corporations Act) was provided by EY.  
This remuneration recommendation was only provided to a  
non-executive director of the Company. EY has provided the 
Committee with a declaration that the remuneration recommendation 
has been made free from undue influence by the KMP to whom it 
relates. The cost associated with this recommendation was $6,630. 

No other remuneration recommendations, as defined by the 
Corporations Act, were made by the remuneration adviser. EY was 
engaged in FY2014 to provide benchmarking services relating to 
executive and director remuneration. The total fees paid to EY during 
the year for this advice was $110,840.

The Board is satisfied that the remuneration information received from 
EY was free from undue influence by Board members or any of the 
KMP to whom the information relates.

Policies for remuneration of directors and other KMP 

Non-executive director remuneration 
Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the demands 
upon and responsibilities of those directors. The Board, on 
recommendation of the Committee, reviews non-executive directors’ 
fees and payments at least once a year. As part of that review, the 
Board considers the advice of independent remuneration consultants 
in relation to: 

 › Chairman’s fees and payments; 

 › non-executive directors’ fees and payments; and 

 › payments made in relation to the Chairman of committees or for 

other specific tasks that may be performed by directors. 

Non-executive directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate 
directors’ fee pool limit as approved from time to time by Myer 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. The maximum 
aggregate limit includes superannuation contributions for the benefit 
of non-executive directors and any fees which a non-executive 
director agrees to sacrifice for other benefits. It does not include 
reimbursement of genuine out-of-pocket expenses, genuine special 
exertions fees paid in accordance with the Company’s constitution or 
certain issues of securities under ASX Listing Rule 10.11 or 10.14, with 
the approval of shareholders. The current maximum aggregate fee 
pool limit is $2,150,000 per annum. The aggregate fee pool limit has 
not changed since the Company was listed in November 2009.  
Non-executive directors who chair a committee also receive  
additional yearly fees for their role in serving that committee.  
The following yearly fees applied in FY2014:

Base annual fees

Chairman1 

Other non-executive directors

Additional annual fees

Deputy Chairman

Audit, Finance and Risk Committee – Chairman

Audit, Finance and Risk Committee – member

Human Resources and Remuneration 
Committee – Chairman

Human Resources and Remuneration 
Committee – member

Nomination Committee – Chairman

Nomination Committee – member

$

400,000

150,000

30,000

30,000

–

15,000

–

–

–

1  Prior to October 2012, the fee for the Chairman was $500,000 per annum.
Note: Based on the composition of the Board over FY2014, the total fees actually paid to 
non-executive directors have reduced from FY2013, as shown on the table on page 63.

Non-executive directors do not receive performance-based pay. 
However, they are able to purchase shares in the Company, which can 
be acquired on market during approved ‘windows’ for share trading 
consistent with the Company’s Guidelines for Dealing in Securities. 

Non-executive directors are not entitled to any additional 
remuneration upon retirement. Superannuation contributions 
required by legislation are made from the fee paid to directors and fall 
within the aggregate fee pool limit. 

52    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   52

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Executive Director and other KMP remuneration 
The remuneration structure seeks to ensure that executive rewards deliver an appropriate balance between shareholder and executive interests. 

The remuneration structure provides a mix of fixed and variable (or ‘at risk’) pay, and a blend of short and longer-term incentives. As executives 
gain seniority within the Group, the balance of this mix shifts to a higher proportion of ‘at risk’ pay. 

The diagram below illustrates how Myer’s remuneration strategy, and the structures the Board has put in place to achieve this strategy, align with 
the Company’s business objectives.

Operational strategy

Optimise our  
store network

Enhance our  
merchandise offer

Improve customer 
service

Strengthen our  
loyalty program

Build a leading 
omni-channel offer

Attract and retain high calibre executives

Align executive rewards with Myer’s performance

Remuneration strategy

reward competitively in the markets in which Myer operates 

 ›
 › provide a balance of fixed and ‘at risk’ remuneration

assess rewards against objective financial measures

 ›
 › make short-term and long-term components of remuneration ‘at risk’
 ›

remunerate or reward based on performance

Fixed annual remuneration

Short term incentive

Long term incentive

Remuneration components

 › provides ‘predictable’ base level of reward
set at market median using external  
 ›
benchmark data
varies based on employee’s experience, 
skills and performance
consideration given to both external 
and internal relativities

 ›

 ›

 › entirely focused on financial targets linked 

 › delivered in equity to align executives with 

to objective measures

 ›
 ›

 ›

shareholder interests
tested after three years
focused on long-term business strategy and aligns 
KMP and shareholder interests to support the 
creation of long-term shareholder value
full vesting when Myer achieves top 
quartile performance and when the EPS Hurdle 
is achieved

In order to align shareholder and executive interests and attract and retain talent, the remuneration structure is designed to:

 ›

encourage a performance-based workplace culture and recognition for contribution to meeting business objectives; 

 › have profit as a core component of reward design; 

 ›

through long term incentive, focus on sustained growth in shareholder returns, consisting of dividends, share price and growth in earnings 
per share; 

 › deliver consistent financial returns as well as focusing the executives on key non-financial drivers of value; 

 ›

 ›

attract and retain high-calibre executives; and 

reward capability and performance. 

As a general guide, the Company targets a median fixed remuneration position having regard to a comparator group of companies. 

Executive remuneration 
The Company’s remuneration principles and policies have been applied during the year to ensure remuneration outcomes for executives reflect 
the prevailing market conditions, the need to attract and retain talented executives, and Company performance. 

The executive pay and reward framework has three components: 

 ›

 ›

 ›

TFC – base pay and benefits, including superannuation; 

STI; and 

LTI through participation in the offers under the EEIP.

The combination of these three components comprises an executive’s total remuneration mix at target of performance reflected by  
percentage in the following charts.

30% STI
(deferred
stock for
two years)

LTI

12.0%

14.4%

CEO

TFC

40%

LTI

31.9%

42.6%

TFC

CFO

LTI

27.3%

Other KMP

45.4%

TFC

33.6%

70% STI
(cash)

STI (cash)

27.3%

25.5%

STI (cash)

53  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   53

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

Total Fixed Compensation
Fixed remuneration is determined by assessing an individual’s competency level and experience against the requirements of the respective 
position relative to business unit/functional alignment and external market conditions, with flexibility to recognise individual performance and 
value to the organisation. 

Feature

What is included in TFC?

How is TFC reviewed?

Which benchmarks are used?

Description

TFC is structured as a total fixed employment compensation package, made up of base salary, 
superannuation and other benefits. Some of the benefits include the opportunity to receive 
a portion of their fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, including fringe benefits such as 
motor vehicles, or to make additional contributions to superannuation or retirement plans (as 
permitted by relevant legislation).

Base salary levels for each executive are set with reference to the market conditions and the 
scope and nature of each individual’s role, the experience of the individual and performance 
in that role. 

The Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding TFC for KMP 
and senior executives annually in July, having regard to Group and individual performance 
and relevant comparative remuneration in the market. Annual adjustments approved by 
the Board are effective 1 February. The Board may also approve adjustments to executive 
remuneration as recommended by the CEO, such as on promotion or as a result of additional 
duties performed by the executive.

Where new senior executives join the Group or existing executives are appointed to new 
roles, a review and benchmarking of fixed and total remuneration is conducted for each 
individual prior to the issue of an offer and execution of a new employment contract.

Annual adjustments to the remuneration of executives and employees who are not KMP or 
senior executives are determined based upon guidelines approved by the CEO and advised  
to the Committee.

Remuneration for KMP is benchmarked against both a peer group of companies and 
companies from the ASX 200, with a market capitalisation of between 50% and 200% of that 
of Myer (excluding companies from the financial and mining sectors).

EY provided benchmarking data to the Committee in connection with the Committee’s review of TFC for members of the Group Executive in 
March 2014. Other than for the renewal of the CEO’s contract and the CFO, no adjustment to TFC was approved for the KMP for FY2014. EY’s 2014 
review of remuneration indicated that the CFO’s TFC was below market median. The Board approved a 7.1% increase to the CFO’s TFC to  
be effective from 1 May 2014 in recognition of the CFO taking on additional duties and having regard to EY’s benchmarking data.

Short Term Incentive 
The quantum of short term variable rewards for the CEO and other KMP payable in a particular year are determined based on the extent to which 
key performance indicators (KPIs) are satisfied in the relevant year. These KPIs are set by reference to the Company’s overall performance and 
individual performance objectives established for the year. In the case of the CEO, these objectives are set by the Chairman and endorsed by the 
Board. KPIs for the other KMP are set by the CEO and endorsed by the Committee for approval by the Board. 

Myer’s STI plan for KMP and other senior executives operates on an annual basis subject to Board review and approval. The FY2014 STI applied 
to all eligible executives including the KMP, subject to certain conditions and performance criteria being met which are reviewed and approved 
annually by the Board.

In the 2014 financial year, despite a number of strategic and operational objectives being met, the Board determined that it would not approve 
the payment of STI to any of the Myer management team. 

54    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   54

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Feature

What is the STI Plan?

Description

The STI plan is the cash-based component of a senior executive’s at risk reward opportunity, 
based on achieving pre-determined performance measurement criteria.

What is the value of the STI opportunity?

In respect of FY2014:

 ›

 ›

The CEO had the opportunity to receive an STI award equivalent to 100% of his TFC  
for at target performance.
The remaining members of the senior executive team had the opportunity to earn a 
bonus equivalent to between 45% and 60% of their fixed annual remuneration for at 
target performance.

What was the FY2014 performance measure?

The KPI approved by the Board for the FY2014 STI plan was NPAT.

Why was the performance measure 
selected?

How is performance measured?

When are incentives paid?

Does a ‘clawback’ apply?

NPAT was identified as the key financial objective for the success of the business in FY2014 
and the achievement of satisfactory returns for the Company’s shareholders. NPAT was 
considered to be the appropriate financial performance criteria for the STI plan given it 
measures bottom line growth and increases in Company earnings, being what shareholders 
expect the Company to deliver.

The Committee determines whether, or the extent to which, the NPAT target is satisfied 
following the end of the financial year, once the Company’s annual accounts have been 
approved by the directors and audited.

If the NPAT Hurdle is satisfied, a STI will be paid to participating KMP and other executives. 
The quantum of any STI reward provided will depend on the extent to which the NPAT target 
reward is achieved. A minimum threshold is also set, below which no STI reward  
will be provided.

Once it has been determined whether, and the extent to which, the NPAT target has been 
satisfied, the Committee will make a recommendation to the Board for approval of the STI 
rewards to be paid to the CEO and individual executives.

STI rewards approved by the Board are paid to participating KMP and executives in the month 
following the release of the Company’s results to the ASX.

The STI Plan allows the Board to take any steps that it determines appropriate to recover from 
the individual executive any STI reward that was incorrectly provided as a result of a material 
misstatement in, or omission from, the Company’s financial statements. The provision applies 
only to those executives who were KMP of the Group Executive at the time the financial 
statements were approved by the Board and issued by the Company.

The Committee is responsible for assessing whether the performance criteria are met. To help make this assessment, the Committee receives 
reports on the Company’s performance from management. All proposed STI payments are verified by internal audit review prior to any payment 
being made. The Committee has the discretion to recommend to the Board an adjustment to STIs in light of unexpected or unintended 
circumstances. There has been no discretion applied.

Details of remuneration: bonuses 
For each STI reward referred to in this report, the percentage of the available STI reward that was paid in the financial year, and the percentage 
and value that was forfeited because the relevant KMP did not meet the service and performance criteria is set out below. STI rewards are 
payable in the year following the period in which they are earned.

Short term performance and STI payments for FY2014
The FY2014 STI program relevant to the KMP can be summarised as follows:

STI/Bonus1

Achieved 2014 
%

Forfeited 2014 
%

0
0
0
0

0

100
100
100
100

100

Target value  
2014 
$

2,000,000
425,950
285,000
255,000

420,000

Forfeited value  
2014 
$

2,000,000
425,950
285,000
255,000

420,000

Name

B Brookes
M Ashby
A Stapleton2
A Sutton

G Travers3

1  The % of STIs achieved and forfeited for 2014 are based on performance against ’at target’ performance as explained above.
2   A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
3   G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

55  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   55

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

Long Term Incentive 
Myer’s LTI plan, the Myer Equity Incentive Plan (MEIP) has been in operation since December 2006. Features of the MEIP are outlined in the 
table below. In FY2014 the Board granted participating and eligible KMP and other senior executives performance rights under the MEIP. This 
FY2014 offer of performance rights was made under the EEIP offer, which was an LTI offer specifically designed for eligible KMP and other senior 
executives. The EEIP offer was administered under the overarching terms of the MEIP. 

The Committee regards it as an important principle that performance rights will be forfeited by the individual in specific circumstances, including 
if they resign from the Company within the three year performance period or where the clawback arrangements would apply.

MEIP (LTI Plan)

Feature

What is the LTI Plan?

Instrument

Determining the number of performance 
rights

Performance period

Description

Under the MEIP, performance rights (being rights to be provided with shares in the Company) may 
be offered annually to the CEO and nominated executives. The employees entitled to participate 
in the plan include executives who are considered to play a leading role in achieving the Group’s 
long term strategic and operational objectives.

In FY2014, KMP and other senior executives received performance rights under the EEIP offer. A 
grant of performance rights for each executive through the EEIP offer is determined as part of 
the calculation of total remuneration for an executive role. The Committee determines LTI awards 
by assessing the quantum required to provide a market competitive total remuneration reward 
structure including base salary and STI amounts. 

The MEIP is a retention incentive that is intended to promote alignment between executive 
and shareholder interests over the longer term. Each right offered is an entitlement to one fully 
paid ordinary share in the Company on terms and hurdles determined by the Board, including 
performance hurdles linked to both service (through a three year performance period for each 
offer) and Company performance.

Performance rights: each performance right entitles a participating executive to be provided with 
one Myer share in the Company, subject to the satisfaction of the performance hurdles set out 
below. The number of performance rights that vest is not determined until after the end of the 
performance period (being 30 July 2016).

The performance right will therefore not provide any value to the holder between the date the 
performance right is granted until after the end of the performance period and then only if the 
performance hurdles are satisfied.

Performance rights do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights 
until the performance rights vest and shares are provided. Accordingly, participating executives 
do not receive dividends during the performance period.

The number of performance rights allocated depends on each executive’s LTI target (see diagram 
on page 53 for an explanation of target remuneration). The value of the performance rights 
granted is calculated based on the Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of the Company’s 
shares for the five days prior to the closing date of the offer.

The performance period commences at the beginning of the financial year in which the 
performance rights are granted. For the performance rights granted under the FY2014 EEIP, the 
performance period started on 28 July 2013 and ends after three years on 30 July 2016. Following 
the end of the performance period for the performance rights and after the Company has lodged 
its full year audited financial results for 2016 with the ASX, the Board will test the performance 
hurdles that apply to the FY2014 EEIP offer and will determine how many performance rights (if 
any) are eligible to vest. There will be no retesting of the performance hurdles at a later date if they 
are not fully satisfied.

56    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   56

8/10/14   1:06 PM

MEIP (LTI Plan) continued

Feature

Description

Performance hurdles

FY2014 EEIP offer (Performance period 28 July 2013 – 30 July 2016):

Why were the performance measures 
selected?

Vesting framework (continued next page)

Consistent with prior years, the financial performance measures approved by the Board for  
the FY2014 EEIP offer were TSR performance and the Company’s EPS.  
The Board also approved a new performance measure for the FY2014 EEIP, known as the Business 
Transformation Hurdle.

 ›

 ›

 ›

50% of each award is subject to a performance hurdle, which measures the Company’s 
TSR performance relative to a set peer group. In selecting the TSR peer group, the Board 
sought independent advice. The composition of the group reflects measures of relative 
sales and market capitalisation as well as industry type that is complementary in nature to 
the Company’s business. It includes companies that are consumer facing, have a service 
orientation and/or are retail in nature with either product or services provided as part of their 
core offer.
25% of each award is subject to a performance hurdle that measures the Company’s EPS. The 
EPS Hurdle is based on the compound annual growth rate in the Company’s fully diluted EPS 
over the performance period.
25% of each award is subject to a Business Transformation Hurdle. The purpose of the Business 
Transformation Hurdle is to assess the way in which Myer is transforming due to the structural 
realignment of the retail industry.

The Board wished to continue with a market-based performance measure for the FY2014 
offer and a relative TSR measure was selected to ensure an alignment between comparative 
shareholder return and reward for executives. This also provides a direct comparison of the 
Company’s performance over the three year performance period against a comparator group 
of companies that would, broadly, be expected to be similarly impacted by changes in market 
conditions.

EPS was selected as it is considered to be an effective measure for determining the underlying 
profitability of the business.

The Business Transformation measure was introduced to the plan to assess the way in which the 
Company is transforming in a time of continued structural realignment of the retail industry.

The number of performance rights that vest will depend on how well Myer has performed during 
the performance period. For superior performance, 100% of the performance rights will vest. Only 
a percentage of performance rights will vest for performance below that level. If Myer does not 
achieve certain minimum thresholds then all the applicable performance rights will lapse and no 
performance rights can vest.

For the FY2014 EEIP offer the following vesting hurdles apply:

 › TSR (50% of the award) 

TSR percentile ranking % of TSR performance rights that will vest

Below 50th 

Nil

From 50th to 75th 

Pro rata with a linear progression between 50% and up to 100% of 
the number of TSR performance rights

75th and above

100% 

 › EPS (25% of the award)

EPS Hurdle rate
(CAGR over the
performance period)

% of EPS performance rights that will vest

Less than 2% 

Nil

Between 2% and 7%  
pro rata vesting of rights 

Pro rata with a linear progression between 50% and up to 100% of 
the number of EPS performance rights

7% or greater

100% of the number of EPS performance rights 

57  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   57

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report 
continued

MEIP (LTI Plan) continued

Feature

Description

Vesting framework (continued)

 › Business Transformation (25% of the award) 

At the end of the performance period, the Board will compare Myer’s actual performance 
against the target performance for the Business Transformation Hurdle metrics as set out in 
Myer’s business plan. 
The Board will then determine, in its absolute discretion, the percentage of the Business 
Transformation performance rights that are eligible to vest on the basis of the results of the 
comparison of Myer’s actual performance against the target performance for the Business 
Transformation Hurdle metrics as set out in Myer’s business plan.

Each performance hurdle will be assessed separately, meaning that all hurdles do not need to be 
satisfied for any of an executive’s performance rights to vest. This means that it is possible for some 
or all of the performance rights with an EPS Hurdle to vest, while none of the performance rights 
with a TSR or BT Hurdle vest (and vice versa).

Generally, any performance rights granted will lapse on cessation of employment if they have 
not been exercised (whether vested or unvested before that time). Subject to applicable law, the 
Board has the power to allow an executive to keep some, or all of their performance rights on 
cessation of employment (although the discretion is only likely to be exercised in exceptional 
circumstances).

The LTI plan includes provisions for unvested rights to lapse and rights or interests in shares 
allocated or to be allocated under the EEIP to be forfeited, at the Board’s discretion, if any 
performance rights were incorrectly granted as a result of a material misstatement in, or omission 
from, the Company’s financial statements. The provision applies only to those executives who 
were KMP of the Company at the time the financial statements were approved by the Board and 
issued by the Company.

The rights and entitlements attaching to performance rights may be adjusted if the Company 
undertakes a bonus or rights issue or a capital reconstruction in relation to the Company’s shares.

At the end of the applicable performance period, any performance rights that have not vested will 
lapse and no shares will be provided for those performance rights.

Cessation of employment

Does a ‘clawback’ apply?

Board discretion

Expiry

Equity arrangements with directors and other KMP 

FY2014 EEIP grant
In FY2014 KMP (other than the CEO) and other senior executives received LTI awards under the MEIP through the EEIP offer. The awards granted 
may deliver value to executives at the end of the three year performance period, subject to satisfaction of performance hurdles as set out in the 
diagram below:

Performance
rights granted

Three year
performance period

Total Shareholder
Return Hurdle = 50%

Earnings Per Share
Hurdle = 25%

Business
Transformation
Hurdle = 25%

58    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   58

8/10/14   1:06 PM

The following table summarises the FY2014 performance right grants made to KMP in December 2013.

Value of  
performance 
rights at  
grant date

$525,000

KMP

M Ashby

A Stapleton2

$285,000

A Sutton

$255,000

G Travers3

$420,000

Valuation 
of each 
performance 
right at  
grant date

EPS $2.36
TSR $1.57
BT $2.36
Service $2.36

EPS $2.36
TSR $1.57
BT $2.36

EPS $2.36
TSR $1.57
BT $2.36

EPS $2.36
TSR $1.57
BT $2.36

Number of 
performance 
rights 
granted1

183,566

99,650

89,160

146,853

1  The VWAP price used for the allocation of the FY2014 grant was $2.86.
2  A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
3  G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

Exercise 
price

Applicable  
hurdles

End of performance 
period

0

0

0

0

30% TSR Hurdle
15% EPS Hurdle
15% BT Hurdle
40% 3 year Service Hurdle

50% TSR Hurdle
25% EPS Hurdle
25% BT Hurdle

50% TSR Hurdle
25% EPS Hurdle
25% BT Hurdle

50% TSR Hurdle
25% EPS Hurdle
25% BT Hurdle

30 July 2016

30 July 2016

30 July 2016

30 July 2016

The TSR peer group 
The table below sets out the peer group for the FY2014 EEIP offer. If any of these organisations cease to exist as entities at any time during the 
performance period, the size of the peer group may be maintained by additions determined by the Board. In selecting the TSR peer group, the 
Board sought independent advice. The composition of the group reflects measures of relative sales and market capitalisation as well as industry 
type that is complementary in nature to the Company’s business. It includes companies that are consumer facing, have a service orientation 
and/or are retail in nature with either product or services provided as part of their core offer.

Air New Zealand Ltd

AP Eagers Ltd

Australian Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd

Automotive Holdings Group Ltd

Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Ltd

Billabong International Ltd

Coca-Cola Amatil Ltd

Harvey Norman Holdings Ltd

David Jones Ltd

JB Hi-Fi Ltd

Flight Centre Ltd

Metcash Ltd

Pacific Brands Ltd

Tatts Group Ltd

Woolworths Ltd

Breville Group Ltd

Premier Investments Ltd

Tabcorp Holdings Ltd

Oroton Group Ltd

Wesfarmers Ltd

STW Communications Group Ltd

Specialty Fashion Group Ltd

GUD Holdings Ltd

As David Jones limited has traded for the full year in 2014 it remains appropriate that it is included in the TSR assessment for performance rights 
that were issued in FY2012. Indicative testing of these performance rights was undertaken following the lodgement of the Company’s FY2014 
preliminary results with the ASX. Based on this preliminary assessment, these rights are not likely to vest as the TSR and CAGR EPS hurdles are 
unlikely to be achieved. The TSR and EPS hurdles will be tested following the lodgement of the Company’s audited results with the ASX. If that 
testing confirms that the hurdles have not been achieved, then all of these performance rights will lapse.

Two other grants of performance rights have been made where David Jones was included in the peer group of entities for the TSR hurdle 
(FY2013 and FY2014). David Jones will be removed from the peer group and will not be replaced by another entity when measuring 
achievement against these two awards. 

Additional grant to CFO 
Additional performance rights were offered to the CFO in FY2014. The potential value of the performance rights granted to the CFO under the 
EEIP offer was equivalent to 75% of his TFC. The performance rights comprising 45% of TFC will be subject to the three metrics outlined on 
pages 57 and 58 (applied in the same way as other executives covered by the EEIP offer), and 30% of TFC subject to a condition of continuous 
employment with the Company until the end of the vesting period (being 30 July 2016). 

59  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   59

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

Options and performance rights
Details of options granted under the MEIP that remain unvested as at 26 July 2014 are set out in the table below. No options have been granted 
under the MEIP since 2009.

Grant type 
(Options/Performance rights)

Options

Options

Grant date

17 Dec 2008

–

30 Jun 2009

2,231,650

Options (CEO only EPS Hurdle)

6 Nov 2009

Options (CEO only share price Hurdle)

6 Nov 2009

–

–

Number of
options1

Exercise 
price
$

Value per 
option at 
grant date
$

Vesting date (if option 
holder remains employed 

by a Myer Group company) Expiry date

$2.14

$2.34

$4.10

$5.74

$0.43

$0.49

$1.31

$1.01

31 Jul 2013

24 Oct 2013

31 Jul 2014

24 Oct 2014

End of performance period 31 Dec 2013

End of performance period 31 Dec 2013

FY2011

No grants were made

Rights (CEO only EPS Hurdle)

9 Dec 2011

808,383

Rights (CEO only TSR Hurdle)

9 Dec 2011

1,250,000

Rights (EPS Hurdle)

Rights (TSR Hurdle)

Rights (EPS Hurdle)

Rights (TSR Hurdle)

21 Oct 2011

851,977

21 Oct 2011

1,317,228

29 Jan 2013

29 Jan 2013

275,733

275,737

Rights (Service Hurdle)

29 Jan 2013

1,138,011

Rights (EPS Hurdle)

Rights (TSR Hurdle)

Rights (BT Hurdle)

Rights (CFO only service Hurdle)

Total

11 Dec 2013

11 Dec 2013

11 Dec 2013

11 Dec 2013

128,035

256,075

128,037

73,426

8,734,292

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$1.67

$1.08

$1.67

$1.08

$2.08

$1.56

$2.08

$2.36

$1.57

$2.36

$2.36

End of performance period 31 Oct 2014

End of performance period 31 Oct 2014

End of performance period 31 Oct 2014

End of performance period 31 Oct 2014

End of performance period 31 Oct 2015

End of performance period 31 Oct 2015

End of performance period 31 Oct 2015

End of performance period 31 Oct 2016

End of performance period 31 Oct 2016

End of performance period 31 Oct 2016

End of performance period 31 Oct 2016

1  Of the options noted above, 315,600 options have vested and remain unexercised as at 26 July 2014. Refer to Financial Report (note 36) for details. 

Assessment 
At the end of each performance period, the Committee reviews the Company’s audited financial results and the results of the other  
performance measures and assesses performance against each measure to determine the percentage of the options (if any) that will vest. 

Details of options and performance rights over ordinary shares in the Company currently provided as remuneration and granted during the 
current year to each director and each KMP are set out below. Further information on the MEIP is set out in note 36 of the Financial Report.

Summary of options and performance rights granted, vested and lapsed for the reporting period 

Name

KMP of the Company 

M Ashby 

A Stapleton3

A Sutton

G Travers4

Number of  
performance rights 
granted during  
the period1

Value of  
performance rights 
at grant date2 
$

Number of  
options vested 
during the period

Number of  
options lapsed 
during the period

Value at  
lapsed date 
$

183,566

99,650

89,160

146,853

525,000

285,000

255,000

420,000

–

15,000

115,000

–

–

410,723

–

597,626

–

361,231

–

630,495

1  No options or rights were granted to any director of the Company during the reporting period. 
2  The VWAP price used for the allocation of the FY2014 grant was $2.86. 
3  A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014. 
4  G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014. 

Note: Section 300 (1) of the Corporations Act requires additional disclosures for the top five most highly remunerated officers of Myer. T Clark is not KMP but together with certain 
KMP listed above, fell within the five most highly remunerated officers of Myer during FY2014. T Clark was granted 78,670 performance rights as part of his remuneration in FY2014.
The assessed fair value at grant date of options granted to KMP is allocated equally over the period from grant date to vesting date and the 
amount is included in the remuneration tables on page 63. Fair values at grant date are independently determined using an option pricing 
model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price 
volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield, and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the option.

60    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   60

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Shares provided on exercise of options 
Details of ordinary shares in the Company provided as a result of the exercise of options to each director of the Company and 
KMP are set out below. 

Name

KMP of the Company 

M Ashby

A Stapleton4

A Sutton

G Travers5

Number of ordinary
shares provided on
exercise of options
during the period1

Value at
exercise date2,3
$

–

15,000

115,000

–

–

7,812

57,929

–

1  The number of shares provided on exercise of options are on a one-for-one basis. 
2  No options or rights were granted to any director of the Company during the reporting period. 
3  The value at exercise date of options that were granted in prior periods as part of remuneration and were exercised during the year has been determined as the intrinsic value of 

the options at that date. This represents the excess of market value of the share acquired over the exercise price paid. 

4  A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
5  G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014.
No amounts are unpaid on any shares provided on the exercise of options.

Long term incentives on issue

Details of remuneration: share-based compensation benefits 
For each grant of options or grant of performance rights included in this report, the percentage of the grant that was paid, or that vested, in the 
financial year, and the percentage and value that was forfeited because the person did not meet the service and performance criteria is set out 
below. Options and performance rights vest provided the vesting conditions or performance hurdles are met (see pages 56 to 58). No options 
or performance rights will vest if the hurdles (either service or performance) are not satisfied, therefore the minimum value of the options or 
performance rights yet to vest is nil. The maximum value of the options or performance rights yet to vest has been determined as the amount of 
the grant date fair value of the options or performance rights that is yet to be expensed. The following equity grants were made to KMP:

Name

B Brookes

M Ashby

A Stapleton1

A Sutton

G Travers2

Share-based compensation benefits (options)

Year granted

Vested  
%

Forfeited  
%

The remaining 
financial years in which 
performance rights  
may vest

Maximum total value  
of grant yet to vest 
$

2012

2014
2013
2012

2014
2013
2012

2014
2013
2012

2013
2012

2010

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

100
100
100

–
–
–

100
100

100

2015

2017
2016
2015

2017
2016
2015

2017
2016
2015

2016
2015

2013

71,893

248,452
64,297
8,687

–
–
–

93,798
40,823
762

–
–

–

1  A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014. 
2  G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

61  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   61

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

Service agreements 
On appointment to the Board, all non-executive directors sign a letter of appointment. The letter summarises the Board’s policies and terms 
relevant to the office of director (including remuneration). Remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and the other executive 
KMPs are formalised in service agreements. Each of these agreements prescribes a base or fixed remuneration amount, a STI reward, other 
benefits including salary sacrificing for vehicle leasing and, when eligible, LTI reward through participation in the MEIP through the EEIP offer. 
Other key provisions of the agreements relating to remuneration. The termination provisions for the KMP are described below:

Name

Contract type

B Brookes2

M Ashby

A Sutton

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Base salary
including
superannuation1
$

Termination notice 
period initiated  
by KMP

Termination notice 
period initiated  
by Company

Termination  
payment where 
initiated by the 
Company

2,000,000

750,000

425,000

6 months

3 months

3 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

1  Base salaries (TFC) quoted as at 26 July 2014.  
2  B Brookes appointed on an open term contract in February 2014.

Remuneration and Company performance 
The following graph shows the average individual total STI payment (as a percentage of each individual’s target STI, where 100% is the target 
for the KMP group and its relationship to Group EBITDA and NPAT outcomes over five financial years). 

EBITDA

NPAT

STI

$400

$350

$250

) $300
T
A
P
N
/
A
D
T
I
B
E
(
s
n
o

$200

$150

i
l
l
i

m
$

$100

$50

$0

FY2010

FY2011

FY2012

FY2013

FY2014

60%

40%

20%

0%

%
o
f

t
a
r
g
e
t
S
T
I

i

p
a
i
d
t
o
s
e
n
o
r
e
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e
s

The following table shows the Company’s annual performance against a range of metrics since 2010. The table shows the impact of Company 
performance on shareholder returns, taking into account dividend payments, share price changes, and other capital adjustments  
during the period.

Basic EPS (cents)1

NPAT ($’000)2

Dividends (cents per share)

Share price at beginning of year3 ($)

Share price at end of year ($)

FY2010

FY2011

FY2012

FY2013

FY2014

29.0

27.9

23.9

21.8

168,7024

162,6575

139,365

127,212

22.0

4.10

3.45

22.5

3.45

2.31

19.0

2.31

1.83

18.0

1.83

2.66

16.8

98,499

14.5

2.66

2.24

1  2010 Basic EPS is calculated using pro forma NPAT and divided by the closing shares on issue. 2011 Basic EPS is calculated using normalised NPAT and divided by the weighted 

average shares. 

2  For details of 2011 to 2013 NPAT refer to page 8. 
3  2010 share price at the beginning of the year is the share price at listing.
4  2010 NPAT is pro forma NPAT excluding IPO costs.
5  2011 NPAT excludes IPO and one-off costs.

Remuneration outcomes for directors and other KMP 
The following tables have been prepared in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act. They show details of the nature and 
amount of each element of the remuneration paid or awarded for services provided in this period. In the case of share-based payments and 
retention incentives, the amounts disclosed reflect the amount expensed during the year in accordance with relevant accounting standards 
and accordingly this does not necessarily reflect the amount actually paid to the individual during the year, which may be more or less than 
the amount shown in the tables on the following pages.

62    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   62

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The below table shows the remuneration amounts recorded in the financial statements in the period. Footnotes are on the following page. 

Short-term employee benefits

Post 
employment 
benefits

Long-term benefits

Total 
remuneration
 expense

Share-
based
 payments

Bonus/
incentive
STI2
$

Non-
monetary
benefits
$

Other3
$

Super-
annuation4
$

Subtotal
$

Long 
service
 leave
$

Retention 
bonus
$

Termination
 and other 
payments
$

Excluding 
share-
based
 payments5
$

Total 
remuneration
expense
$

Options6 
$

 55,017 
 – 

 382,225 
 301,659 

 163,350 
 163,457 

 149,738 
 150,150 

 – 
 134,898 

 163,350 
 163,800 

Cash 
salary 
and fees1
Name
$
Non-executive directors
P McClintock7
2014
2013
H McDonald8
2014
2013
R Myer9
2014
2013
A Brennan 
2014
2013
I Cornell10
2014
2013
C Froggatt 
2014
2013
P Hay11
2014
2013
I Morrice12
2014
2013
R Thorn13
2014
2013
Executive director
B Brookes
2014
2013
Key Management Personnel
N Abboud14
2014
2013
M Ashby
2014
2013
M Goddard15
2014
2013
A Stapleton16
2014
2013
A Sutton17

 1,843,056 
 1,783,530 

–
 241,160 

 131,152 
136,500

 451,324 
 188,595 

631,159 
 601,617 

–
 89,127 

 55,017 
–

 – 
77,694

 407,225 
167,783

2014
2013
G Travers18
 722,273 
2014
2013
 623,064 
Totals 2014 5,154,886
Totals 2013  4,823,034 

 – 
 – 

 –
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 –
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 153,336 
 109,805 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

– 
 184

 1,317 
 1,313 

–
 684 

1,317 
 255 

 1,317 
295 

 1,317 
 – 
 1,313 
 – 
 158,604 
 – 
 –  113,849 

 – 
 – 

 –
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 17,775 
 14,283 

 400,000 
 315,942 

 – 
 4,595 

 – 
 139,493 

 16,650 
 13,500 

 180,000 
 176,957 

 16,650 
 16,200 

 180,000 
 180,000 

 5,608 
 – 

 60,625 
 – 

 15,262 
 14,850 

 165,000 
 165,000 

 13,413 
 13,500 

 144,565 
 150,000 

 – 
 7,684 

 – 
 85,378 

 5,608
 – 

 60,625 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 –
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 29,444 
 16,470 

 2,025,836 
 1,909,805 

 60,897 
 29,351 

–
 13,936 

–
 103,247 

–
–

 77,175 
 40,050 

 709,651 
 642,980 

 25,598 
 11,387 

 – 
 22,097 

–
 263,941 

– 
–

23,676 
 9,321 

476,317 
198,171 

–
 19,349 

 17,775 
 6,863 

 426,317 
 174,941 

8,111
30,711

 14,947 
 18,602 

–
 738,537 
21,612
 642,979 
94,606
253,983 5,567,473
 211,951   5,148,834  112,410 

63  Remuneration Report

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
– 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
–
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

–
 – 

 – 
 – 

–
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
–
 – 

 400,000 
 315,942 

 – 
 139,493 

 180,000 
 176,957 

 180,000 
 180,000 

60,625 
 – 

 165,000 
 165,000 

 144,565 
 150,000 

 – 
 85,378 

 60,625 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 400,000 
 315,942 

 – 
 139,493 

 180,000 
 176,957 

 180,000 
 180,000 

 60,625 
 – 

 165,000 
 165,000 

 144,565 
150,000

 – 
 85,378 

 60,625 
 – 

 2,086,733 
 1,939,156 

 484,615 
 604,616 

 2,571,348 
 2,543,772 

–
103,247

– 
(185,840) 

–
(82,593)

 735,249 
 654,367 

 181,328 
95,997

 916,577 
 750,364 

 –
263,941 

 – 
 – 

 –
263,941 

476,317
 217,520 

 (101,916) 
 55,223 

374,401
272,743

434,428
205,652 

 96,840 
 55,535 

531,268
261,187 

738,537
664,591
5,662,079
 5,261,244 

 (141,201) 
 95,997 
 519,666 
721,528 

597,336
 760,588 
6,181,745
 5,982,772

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   63

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Remuneration Report 
continued

1  Cash salary includes short term compensated absences, consideration for vehicle salary sacrifice and fees including allowances for Committee ‘chairman’ responsibilities for  

A Brennan and C Froggatt and Deputy Chairman fee for R Myer. 

2  STI payments relate to program performance and conditions for the year they were earned, not the year of actual payment. Due to performance, no STI payments were earned  

in the FY2014 year under the STI. 

3  Other payments for B Brookes include payments for rental subsidy and certain other services in relation to provision of accommodation. Other payments also include  

Company-paid FBT expenses. 

4  There were no post-employment benefits paid other than superannuation. 
5  Total remuneration expense excluding share-based payments reflects the accounting expense treatment of base salary, any bonuses or short term incentive payments, Fringe 

Benefit Tax expenses, superannuation, the balance of long service leave accruals, retention payments and any termination benefits in the reporting period. 

6  Remuneration in relation to share options represents the amount expensed for the period based on valuations determined under AASB 2 Share-based Payment. This expense is 
based on the fair value at grant date, and reflects expectations of the number of options expected to vest. Where expectations change in relation to vesting, adjustment is made 
in the current period to reflect this change. As the equity grant may fully vest, partially vest or not vest at all, the benefit that the KMP ultimately realises is likely to be different 
to the amount disclosed in a particular year. The amount disclosed does not represent cash payments received in the period, and if vesting conditions are not met may result in 
reversal of the remuneration amount in a future period. There were no other equity-settled share-based payments and there were no cash-settled share-based payments. 

7  P McClintock was appointed as a non-executive director on 8 August 2012 and appointed Chairman on 10 October 2012. 
8  H McDonald retired on 10 October 2012. H McDonald was appointed as a director on 6 November 2006 and Chairman on 4 August 2009. 
9  R Myer was appointed as a non-executive director on 12 July 2006 and was appointed Deputy Chairman on 8 August 2012. 
10  I Cornell was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.
11  P Hay retired as a non-executive director effective from 14 July 2014.
12  I Morrice was appointed as a director on 8 August 2012 and retired on 1 March 2013. 
13  R Thorn was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014
14  N Abboud ceased employment on 18 September 2012. 
15  M Goddard ceased employment on 4 February 2013. 
16  A Stapleton was promoted to Executive General Manager Merchandise on 4 February 2013 and ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
17  A Sutton was promoted to Executive General Manager Stores on 14 February 2013. 
18  G Travers was appointed as Executive General Manager Business Services on 1 November 2010 and ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

STI and LTI remuneration 
The table below sets out the relative proportion of remuneration for the executive directors and other KMP that is linked to performance and the 
proportion which is fixed.

Total
remuneration
expense

Total fixed remuneration

At risk – STI

At risk – LTI1

Share options

Retention incentive 

Name
Executive directors
B Brookes
2014
2013

$

$

 2,571,348 
 2,543,772 

 2,086,733 
 1,939,156 

–
 (82,593) 

–
 103,247 

–
(125)

KMP
N Abboud2
2014
2013

M Ashby
2014
2013

M Goddard3
2014
2013

A Stapleton4
2014
2013

A Sutton5
2014
2013

G Travers6
2014
2013

 916,577 
750,364 

 735,249 
 654,367 

–
 263,941 

–
263,941 

 374,401 
 272,743 

476,317
 217,520 

 531,268 
 261,187 

434,428
 205,652 

597,336
 760,588 

738,537
 664,591 

Totals 2014

4,990,930

4,471,264

Totals 2013

 4,770,002 

 4,048,474 

%

81
76

80
87

–
100

127
80

82
79

124
87

90

85

$

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

%

$

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–

 484,615 
 604,616 

– 
 (185,840) 

 181,328 
 95,997 

 – 
 – 

 (101,916) 
 55,223 

 96,840 
 55,535 

 (141,201) 
 95,997 

 519,666 

 721,528 

%

19
24

–
225

20
13

–
–

(27)
20

18
21

(24)
13

10

15

$

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 –

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 –

 – 

 – 

%

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–

1 

LTI was provided through the issue of options to individual executives under the MEIP. LTI allotments have been independently valued as at the date the option was granted to 
the executive. The proportions shown represent the amount expensed for the period under AASB 2 Share-based Payment as a proportion of total remuneration expense for the 
period. This amount also includes the current expense in relation to the retention bonuses. It does not reflect a cash payment to the executive under MEIP. 

2  N Abboud ceased employment on 18 September 2012. 
3  M Goddard ceased employment on 4 February 2013. 
4  A Stapleton was promoted to Executive General Manager Merchandise on 4 February 2013 and ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
5  A Sutton was promoted to Executive General Manager Stores on 14 February 2013. 
6  G Travers was appointed as Executive General Manager Business Services on 1 November 2010 and ceased employment on 2 May 2014.

64    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   64

8/10/14   1:06 PM

The number of options and rights over ordinary shares in the Company held during the financial period by each director of Myer Holdings 
Limited and other KMP of the Group, including their personally related parties, are set out below. 

Opening 
balance

Granted as 
compensation 1

Exercised

Other 
changes2

Closing 
balance

Vested and 
exercisable 3

Unvested

2014

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

P McClintock 

R Myer 

B Brookes 

A Brennan

C Froggatt

I Cornell4

P Hay5

R Thorn6

–

–

9,438,777

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other KMP of the Group 

M Ashby 

A Stapleton7 

A Sutton8

G Travers9

2013

450,773

326,073

483,119

450,773

183,566

99,650

89,160

146,853

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

P McClintock10

H McDonald11

R Myer 

B Brookes

A Brennan

T Flood12

P Hay

I Morrice13

Other KMP of the Group 

N Abboud14 

M Ashby 

M Goddard15

A Stapleton16

A Sutton17

G Travers

–

–

–

9,438,777

–

–

–

–

1,195,154

1,600,896

–

–

–

680,896

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

190,045

135,747

96,719

45,249

190,045

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(15,000)

(115,000)

–

–

–

–

(7,380,394)

2,058,383

–

–

–

–

–

–

(410,723)

–

–

–

–

–

634,339

–

-

457,279

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(597,626)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,195,154)

(1,340,168)

(135,747)

229,354

437,870

(420,168)

–

–

–

–

9,438,777

–

–

–

–

–

450,773

–

326,073

483,119

450,773

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,058,383

–

–

–

–

–

634,339

–

457,279

–

–

–

–

9,438,777

–

–

–

–

–

450,773

–

326,073

483,119

450,773

1  Options and rights granted during the year are outlined on page 59.
2  Other changes comprise of (i) options and rights which have expired or forfeited during the period, (ii) balances held by new KMP from the date of appointment and (iii) removes 

balances for those no longer regarded as KMP. 

I Cornell was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.

3  All vested options are exercisable at the end of the period.  
4 
5  P Hay retired as a non-executive director effective 14 July 2014. 
6  R Thorn was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.
7  A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014. 
8  Excludes options held by a related party, granted in accordance with their Myer employment.
9  G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014. 
10  P McClintock was appointed as a non-executive director on 8 August 2012 and appointed Chairman of the Company on 10 October 2012.  
11  H McDonald retired as Chairman and director on 10 October 2012. 
12  T Flood retired as a non-executive director effective 11 April 2012. 
13  I Morrice was appointed as a non-executive director on 8 August 2012 and retired effective 1 March 2013. 
14  N Abboud ceased employment on 18 September 2012. 
15  M Goddard ceased employment on 4 February 2013. 
16  A Stapleton was promoted to Executive General Manager Merchandise on 4 February 2013. 
17  A Sutton was promoted to Executive General Manager Stores on 14 February 2013.

65  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   65

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report 
continued

The number of shares in the Company held during the financial period by each director of Myer Holdings Limited and other KMP of the Group, 
including their personally related parties, are set out below. There were no shares granted during the reporting period as compensation.

Opening balance Exercise of options

Ceased 
employment

Other changes1

Closing balance

2014

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

P McClintock

R Myer 

B Brookes 

A Brennan

C Froggatt

I Cornell2

P Hay3

R Thorn4

Other KMP of the Group 

M Ashby 

A Stapleton5 

A Sutton

G Travers6

2013

106,000

733,999

10,178,952

53,658

10,040

–

12,195

–

245,257

–

–

1,325,808

Directors of Myer Holdings Limited

P McClintock7

H McDonald8

R Myer 

B Brookes

A Brennan

T Flood9

C Froggatt

P Hay

Other KMP of the Group 

N Abboud10 

M Ashby 

M Goddard11

G Travers

A Stapleton12

A Sutton13

–

2,074,390

733,999

10,783,380

53,658

400,000

10,040

12,195

–

245,257

–

1,515,808

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15,000

115,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(12,195)

–

–

–

–

(1,325,808)

75,000

–

–

–

–

10,000

–

–

–

(15,000)

(115,000)

–

–

106,000

(2,074,390)

–

–

–

(400,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(604,428)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(190,000)

–

–

181,000

733,999

10,178,952

53,658

10,040

10,000

–

–

245,257

–

–

–

106,000

–

733,999

10,178,952

53,658

–

10,040

12,195

–

245,257

–

1,325,808

–

–

1  Other changes comprise of (i) shares which have been purchased or sold during the period, (ii) balances held by new KMP from the date of appointment and (iii) removes 

balances for those no longer regarded as KMP.
I Cornell was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.

2 
3  P Hay retired as a non-executive director effective 14 July 2014.
4  R Thorn was appointed as a non-executive director on 6 February 2014.
5  A Stapleton ceased employment on 18 July 2014.
6  G Travers ceased employment on 2 May 2014. 
7  P McClintock was appointed a non-executive director on 8 August 2012 and appointed Chairman of the Company on 10 October 2012.
8  H McDonald retired as Chairman and director on 10 October 2012.
9  T Flood retired as a non-executive director effective 11 April 2012.
10  N Abboud ceased employment on 18 September 2012. 
11  M Goddard ceased employment on 4 February 2013.
12  A Stapleton was promoted to Executive General Manager Merchandise on 4 February 2013.
13  A Sutton was promoted to Executive General Manager Stores on 14 February 2013. 

66    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   66

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Loans
Details of loans made to directors of Myer Holdings Limited and other KMP of the Group, including their personally related parties,  
are set out below.

(i) Aggregates for KMP 
In 2014 and 2013 there were no loans to individuals at any time.
(ii) Individuals with loans above $100,000 during the financial period 
In 2014 and 2013 there were no loans to individuals that exceeded $100,000 at any time.

Other transactions
There were no transactions with KMP or entities related to them, other than compensation.

Dealing in securities 
Under the Company’s Guidelines for Dealing in Securities, directors and senior executives are prohibited from entering into hedging 
arrangements with respect to the Company’s securities. A copy of the Guidelines for Dealing in Securities is available on the Myer website, 
myer.com.au/investor.

67  Remuneration Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   67

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
Myer Holdings Limited is a company limited 
by shares, incorporated and domiciled in 
Australia. Its registered office is:

Myer Holdings Limited 
Level 7, 800 Collins Street 
Docklands VIC 3008

A description of the nature of the 
consolidated entity’s operations and its 
principal activities is included in the Directors’ 
Report on pages 42 to 46, which is not part 
of this Financial Report.

This Financial Report was authorised for 
issue by the directors on 3 October 2014. 
The directors have the power to amend 
and reissue this Financial Report.

FINANCIAL REPORT
for the period ended 26 July 2014

Myer Holdings Limited 
ABN 14 119 085 602

Contents
Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

1  Summary of significant accounting policies  
2  Financial risk management 
3  Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
4  Segment information 
5  Revenue and other income 
6  Expenses 
7 
Income tax expense 
8  Cash and cash equivalents 
9  Trade and other receivables and prepayments 
10  Inventories 
11  Derivative financial instruments 
12  Property, plant and equipment 
13  Deferred tax assets 
14  Intangible assets 
15  Trade and other payables 
16  Provisions 
17  Other liabilities 
18  Deferred tax liabilities 
19  Borrowings 
20  Contributed equity 
21  Retained earnings and reserves  
22  Dividends 
23  Key Management Personnel disclosures 
24  Remuneration of auditors 
25  Acquisition of non-controlling interests 
26  Business combination 
27  Contingencies 
28  Commitments 
29  Related party transactions 
30  Subsidiaries and transactions with non-controlling interests 
31  Deed of cross guarantee 
32  Events occurring after the reporting period 
33  Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow  

from operating activities 

34  Parent entity financial information 
35  Earnings per share 
36  Share-based payments 

Directors’ Declaration 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

69

70

71

72

73

74  
82
86
87
87
87
88
88
89
90
90
91
92
93
94
94
95
95
96
97 
98
100
100
101
102
102
103
103
103
104
105
107 

108
108
109
110

113

114

115

68    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   68

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
Consolidated income statement
for the period ended 26 July 2014

Total sales value (excluding GST) 
Concession sales

Sale of goods (excluding GST) 
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods (excluding GST)
Other operating revenue (excluding finance revenue)
Cost of goods sold 
Operating gross profit 
Other income
Selling expenses 
Administration expenses 
Earnings before interest and tax 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs 

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense

Profit for the period

Profit is attributable to:
  Owners of Myer Holdings Limited
  Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company:
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes

5

5

5
5

5

5
6

7

2014
52 weeks 
$’000

 3,143,027 
 (491,482)

 2,651,545 
 (39,378)

 2,612,167 
 128,769 
 (1,455,066)
 1,285,870 
 6,356 
 (811,718)
 (320,204)
 160,304 
 1,025 
 (22,931)

 (21,906)

 138,398 
 (39,856)

 98,542 

 98,499 
 43 

 98,542 

2013
52 weeks 
$’000

 3,144,904 
 (485,720)

 2,659,184 
 (37,942)

 2,621,242 
126,293 
 (1,443,005)
 1,304,530 
457
 (783,800)
 (306,338)
 214,849 
 1,417 
 (29,782)

 (28,365)

 186,484 
 (56,607)

 129,877 

 127,212 
 2,665 

 129,877 

 Cents 

 Cents 

35
35

16.8 
16.6 

21.8 
21.6 

69  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   69

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the period ended 26 July 2014

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
  Cash flow hedges
  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

7(d)

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to:
  Owners of Myer Holdings Limited
  Non-controlling interests

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes

2014
52 weeks 
$’000

2013
52 weeks 
$’000

 98,542 

 129,877 

 (13,320)
 110 
 (349)

 (13,559)

 84,983 

 85,078 
 (95)

 84,983 

 9,241 
 (567)
 800 

 9,474 

 139,351 

 136,485 
 2,866 

 139,351 

70    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   70

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 26 July 2014

ASSETS
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables and prepayments
Inventories
Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets 
Intangible assets
Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Deferred income
Other liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions
Deferred income
Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY 
Contributed equity
Retained earnings
Reserves

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of Myer Holdings Limited
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes

2014 
$’000

2013 
$’000

8
9
10
11

12
13
14

15
11

16

17

19
11
16

17

20
21
21

 73,564 
 30,133 
 376,763 
 –  

 480,460 

 502,881 
 13,698 
 932,598 
 3,027 

 81,470 
 24,384 
 363,880 
 9,442 

 479,176 

 508,974 
 16,846 
 931,017 
 3,692 

 1,452,204 

 1,460,529 

 1,932,664 

 1,939,705 

 428,066 
 5,253 
 7,321 
 82,167 

 6,045 
 2,029 

 387,673 
 – 
 19,042 
 84,304 

5,929
 31,710 

 530,881 

 528,658

 422,030 
 3,401 
 14,039 
 68,900 
–

 508,370 

 420,824 
 2,331 
 13,243 
67,654 
 1,353 

505,405

1,039,251 

1,034,063 

 893,413 

905,642 

 524,732 
 378,751 
 (10,070)

 893,413 
–

 893,413 

 520,216 
 379,722 
 (4,024)

895,914 
9,728

905,642

71  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   71

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the period ended 26 July 2014

Balance as at 28 July 2012

Net profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

 Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs

  Dividends paid

  Employee share schemes

Balance as at 27 July 2013

Net profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

 Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs

 Acquisition of non-controlling interests

  Dividends paid

  Employee share schemes

 Contributed 
equity
 $’000 

 Notes

Retained 
earnings
 $’000 

Reserves 
$’000 

 519,776 

 363,357 

 (14,800)

 –  

 –

 – 

 127,212 

 –  

 127,212 

 440 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (110,847)

 – 

 440 

 (110,847)

 520,216 

 379,722 

 –  

 9,273 

 9,273 

 – 

 – 

 1,503 

 1,503 

 (4,024)

Non-
controlling
interests
$’000

 9,347 

 2,665 

 201 

 2,866 

Total 
$’000

 877,680 

 129,877 

 9,474 

 139,351 

 – 

 440 

 (2,485)

 (113,332)

 – 

 1,503 

 (2,485) 

 (111,389)

 9,728 

 905,642 

 98,499 

 –  

 43 

 98,542 

 –  

 (13,421)

 98,499  

 (13,421)

 (138)

 (95)

 (13,559)

84,983

 –  

–

 –

–

 6,029

(9,633)

 4,516

(3,604)

 (99,470)

 1,346 

–

 –  

(99,470)

 –  

–

 1,346 

 7,375

 4,516 

 (99,470) 

 (9,633)

 (97,212)

20

22

21

20

22

21

 –  

 – 

 –  

 4,516 

–

 – 

 – 

Balance as at 26 July 2014

 524,732 

 378,751

 (10,070)

 –  

 893,413 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

72    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   72

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the period ended 26 July 2014

Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax)
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax)

Other income
Interest paid
Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of business
Payment for brands acquisition
Payments for intangible assets
Payment for acquisition of non-controlling interests
Lease incentives received
Interest received 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 
Repayment of borrowings net of transaction costs
Other
Proceeds from the issue of shares
Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2014
52 weeks 
$’000

2013
52 weeks 
$’000

Notes

3 ,042,312
(2,785,366)

3 ,051,474
( 2,751,713)

256,946
6,356
(22,443)
(49,283)

191,576 

 (50,112)
 (2,999)
 (1,000)
 (26,157)
 (33,363)
 8,375 
 1,006 

 (104,250)

 –  
 (278)
 4,516 
 (99,470)
 –  

 (95,232)

 (7,906)
 81,470 

73,564 

299,761
457
(26,411)
(48,282)

225,525 

 (54,768)
 –  
 (906)
 (18,670)
 –  
 5,991 
 1,397 

 (66,956)

 (2,015)  
 (250)
 440 
 (110,847)
(2,485)  

 (115,157)

 43,412 
 38,058 

 81,470 

33

22

8

73  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   73

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
as at 26 July 2014

1  Summary of significant accounting policies 
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements (‘financial statements’ or ‘financial 
report’) are set out below. These policies have been consistently 
applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The 
financial statements are for the consolidated entity consisting of Myer 
Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (‘Group’ or ‘consolidated entity’).

(a) Basis of preparation
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations 
issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the 
Corporations Act. Myer Holdings Limited is a for-profit entity for the 
purpose of preparing the financial statements.

Compliance with IFRS
The consolidated financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited Group 
also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Historical cost convention
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical 
cost convention, except for financial assets and liabilities (including 
derivative instruments) which have been measured at fair value 
through profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting 
standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It 
also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of 
applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and 
estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in 
note 3.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments  
for the first time in the annual reporting period commencing  
28 July 2013:

 › AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 11 Joint 

Arrangements, AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities, 
revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, AASB 128 
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, AASB 2011-7 
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the 
Consolidation and Joint Arrangement Standards and AASB 2012-
10 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Transition 
Guidance and Other Amendments together represent a group 
of related standards covering the accounting and disclosure 
requirements for consolidated financial statements, associates, joint 
arrangements and off balance sheet vehicles. The new standards 
and amendments do not have any impact on the current 
accounting treatment of the Group’s investment in subsidiaries.
 › AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement and AASB 2011-8 Amendments to 
Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 13 establishes a 
single source of guidance for determining the fair value of assets 
and liabilities. AASB 13 does not change when an entity is required 
to use fair value. The impact of the new standard is not material for 
the Group and did not affect the Group’s accounting policies or the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements. 

 › AASB 119 Employee Benefits has been amended for disclosure, 

presentation and accounting changes to defined benefit plans. 
The amendment removes the options for accounting for the 
liability and requires that the liabilities arising from such plans are 
recognised in full with actuarial gains and losses being recognised 
in other comprehensive income. It also revised the method of 
calculating the return on plan assets. The impact of the revised 

standard is not material for the Group and did not impact any of 
the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

 › Other new standards that are applicable for the first time in 

the financial report are AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management 
Personnel Disclosure Requirements, AASB 2012-2 Amendments to 
Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure – Offsetting Financial 
Assets and Financial Liabilities and AASB 2012-5 Amendments to 
Australian Accounting Standards arising from Annual Improvements 
from 2009-2011 Cycle. The Group also early adopted AASB 2013-
3 Amendments to AASB 136 – Recoverable Amount Disclosures for 
Non-Financial Assets. These revised standards did not affect any of 
the Group’s accounting policies or any of the amounts recognised 
and affected only the disclosures in the notes to the financial 
statements.

(b) Principles of consolidation
(i) Subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and 
liabilities of all subsidiaries of Myer Holdings Limited (‘Company’ or 
‘parent entity’) as at 26 July 2014 and the results of all subsidiaries for 
the period then ended. 

Subsidiaries are all those entities (including structured entities) over 
which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when 
the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are 
fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the 
Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business 
combinations by the Group (refer note 1(h)).

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on 
transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised 
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of 
impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries 
have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group. 

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are 
shown separately in the consolidated income statement, statement  
of comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement of changes  
in equity respectively.

(ii) Employee share trust
The Group has formed the Myer Equity Plans Trust to administer  
the Group’s employee share scheme. This trust is consolidated, as  
the substance of the relationship is that the trust is controlled by  
the Group.

Shares in Myer Holdings Limited held by the trust are disclosed as 
treasury shares and deducted from contributed equity.

(c) Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the 
internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. 
The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating 
resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has 
been identified as the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Foreign currency translation
(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian 
dollars, which is Myer Holdings Limited’s functional and  
presentation currency.

74    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   74

8/10/14   1:06 PM

(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end 
exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss on a net basis within 
other income or other expenses, except when they are deferred in 
equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain 
or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets 
and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss 
are recognised in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss 
and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities 
classified as available for sale financial assets are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

(iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of 
which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have 
a functional currency different from the presentation currency are 
translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 ›

 ›

 ›

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are 
translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
income and expenses for each income statement and statement of 
comprehensive income are translated at the rates prevailing on the 
transaction dates; and
 all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

On consolidation, when a foreign operation is sold, the associated 
exchange difference is reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the gain 
or loss on sale.

(e) Revenue recognition
Total sales value presented on the income statement represents 
proceeds from sale of goods from sales (both by Myer and concession 
operators) and prior to the deferral of revenue under the customer 
loyalty program. Concession sales presented in the income statement 
represent sales proceeds of concession operators within Myer stores. 
Total sales value is disclosed to show the total sales generated in  
Myer stores and provide a basis of comparison with similar 
department stores.

Revenue from the sale of goods, excluding lay-by transactions, is 
recognised at the point of sale and is after deducting taxes paid, and 
does not include concession sales. Allowance is made for expected 
sales returns based on past experience of returns and expectations 
about the future. A provision for sales returns is recognised based  
on this assessment. Revenue from lay-by transactions is recognised  
as part of revenue from the sale of goods at the date upon which  
the customer satisfies all payment obligations and takes possession  
of the merchandise.

Revenue from sale of goods excludes concession sales on the basis 
that the inventory sold is owned by the concession operator at 
the time of sale and not Myer. Myer’s share of concession sales is 
recognised as income within other operating revenue at the time the 
sale is made. 

Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the 
effective interest method. Dividends are recognised as revenue when 
the right to receive payment is established.

Customer loyalty program
The Group operates a loyalty program where customers accumulate 
Shopping Credits for purchases made which entitle them to discounts 
on future purchases. The award points are recognised as a separately 
identifiable component of the initial sale transaction, by allocating 
the fair value of the consideration received between the award points 
and the other components of the sale such that the award points 
are recognised at their fair value. Revenue from the award points is 
recognised when the points are redeemed. The amount of revenue is 
based on the number of points redeemed relative to the total number 
expected to be redeemed. Award points expire 24 months after the 
initial sale.

(f ) Income tax
The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable 
on the current period’s taxable income based on the national income 
tax rate adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities 
attributable to temporary differences between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, 
and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary 
differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are 
recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are 
enacted or substantively enacted. The relevant tax rates are applied 
to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary 
differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability. An exemption 
is made for certain temporary differences if they arose in a transaction, 
other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction 
did not affect accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary 
differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally 
enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when 
the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current 
tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally 
enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, 
or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised 
in other comprehensive income or directly in equity are also 
recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity.

(g) Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment in which a significant portion 
of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are 
classified as operating leases (note 28). Lease incentives received on 
entering into operating leases are recognised as deferred income and 
are amortised over the lease term. Payments made under operating 
leases (net of any amortised deferred income) are charged to the 
income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease. 
Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership are classified as finance leases. 

(h) Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all 
business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments 
or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the 
acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets 
transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by 
the Group. The consideration transferred also includes the fair value 
of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in 
the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities 

75  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   75

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1  Summary of significant accounting policies continued 

(h) Business combinations continued 
assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, 
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any  
non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at 
the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s 
identifiable net assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any 
non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the 
net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those 
amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the 
subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been 
reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a 
bargain purchase. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration 
is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their 
present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the 
entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar 
borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under 
comparable terms and conditions. 
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial 
liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently 
remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in  
profit or loss.

(i) Impairment of non-current assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are 
not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or 
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
they might be impaired. Other non-current assets are reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss 
is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the 
higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the 
purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of 
assets (cash generating units). For store assets, the appropriate cash-
generating unit is an individual store. Non-financial assets other than 
goodwill that have previously suffered an impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

(j) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash 
and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with 
financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with 
original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible 
to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts.

(k) Trade receivables
Collectibility of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off by reducing 
the carrying amount directly. An allowance account (provision for 
impairment of receivables) is established when there is objective 
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due 
according to the original terms of receivables. Cash flows relating to 
short-term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting 
is immaterial.

The amount of the impairment loss is recognised in the income 
statement within other expenses. When a trade receivable for which 
an impairment allowance had been recognised becomes uncollectible 
in a subsequent period, it is written off against the allowance account. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited 
against other expenses in the income statement.

(l) Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method, after 
deducting any purchase settlement discount and including logistics 
expenses incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and condition.

Volume-related supplier rebates and supplier promotional rebates are 
recognised as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are recorded as 
a reduction of cost of goods sold when the inventory is sold.

(m) Investments and other financial assets
Classification
The Group classifies its investments in the following categories: 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and 
receivables, held to maturity investments, and available for sale 
financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which 
the investments were acquired. Management determines the 
classification of its investments at initial recognition and, in the case 
of assets classified as held to maturity, re-evaluates this designation at 
the end of each reporting period.

(i) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets 
held for trading which are acquired principally for the purpose 
of selling in the short term with the intention of making a profit. 
Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are 
designated as hedges.

(ii) Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They 
arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a 
debtor with no intention of selling the receivable. They are included 
in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 
months after the reporting period which are classified as non-current 
assets. Loans and receivables are included in receivables in the 
balance sheet (note 9).

(iii) Held to maturity investments
Held to maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with 
fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Group’s 
management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.

(iv) Available for sale financial assets
Available for sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are 
either designated in this category or not classified in any of the 
other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless 
management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months 
of the end of the reporting period.

Recognition and derecognition
Purchases and sales of investments are recognised on trade-date, 
the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. 
Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs 
for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. 
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially 
recognised at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in profit  
or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive 
cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been 
transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks  
and rewards of ownership.

Measurement
Available for sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value, unless  
they are equity securities that do not have a market price quoted in  
an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured.  
In that case they are carried at cost.

76    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   76

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Loans and receivables and held to maturity investments are carried 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains or losses 
arising from changes in the fair value of the ‘financial assets at fair 
value through profit or loss’ category, including interest and dividend 
income, are presented in profit or loss within other income or other 
expenses in the period in which they arise.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in 
a foreign currency and classified as available for sale are analysed 
between translation differences resulting from changes in amortised 
cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the 
security. The translation differences are recognised in profit or loss and 
other changes in carrying amount are recognised in equity. Changes 
in the fair value of other monetary and non-monetary securities 
classified as available for sale are recognised in equity.

When securities classified as available for sale are sold or impaired, the 
accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in equity are included 
in profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

Details on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined are 
disclosed in note 2.

Impairment
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there 
is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets 
is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available for 
sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security 
below its cost is considered in determining whether the security is 
impaired. If any such evidence exists for available for sale financial 
assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between 
the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment 
loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss 
– is reclassified from equity and recognised in profit or loss as a 
reclassification adjustment. Impairment losses recognised in profit 
or loss on equity instruments classified as available for sale are not 
reversed through profit or loss.

(n) Derivatives and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative 
contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for 
subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative 
is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item 
being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

 › hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm 

commitment (fair value hedges); or

 › hedges of the cash flows or recognised assets or liabilities and 
highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

The Group documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the 
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well 
as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various 
hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessments, 
both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will 
continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or 
cash flows of hedged items.

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current 
asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is 
more than 12 months. It is classified as a current asset or liability when 
the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

(i) Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and 
qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset 
or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The gain or loss 

relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging fixed 
rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within finance costs, 
together with changes in the fair value of the hedged fixed rate 
borrowings attributable to interest rate risk. The gain or loss relating to 
the ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss.

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the 
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedge item for which the 
effective interest method is used is amortised to profit or loss over the 
period to maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate.

(ii) Cash flow hedge
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure 
to foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising from operational 
and financing activities.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are 
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in 
the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in 
the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. When the 
forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a 
non-financial asset (for example, inventory or fixed assets) the gains 
and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity 
and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset. The 
deferred amounts are ultimately recognised in profit or loss as cost of 
goods sold in the case of inventory, or as depreciation in the case of 
fixed assets.

The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the interest rate 
swaps hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss 
within finance costs. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or 
when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, 
any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in 
equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately 
recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in 
equity is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

(iii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. 
Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not 
qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit  
or loss.

(o) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. Cost 
includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of 
the items. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gains/
losses on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of 
property, plant and equipment.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or 
recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other 
repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the 
financial period in which they are incurred.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated 
using the straight line method to allocate their cost net of their 
residual values, over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
 ›
 ›
 ›

Buildings 
Fixtures and fittings 
Plant and equipment,  
including leasehold improvements 

40 years
3 – 12.5 years

10 – 20 years

77  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   77

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1  Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(o) Property, plant and equipment continued 
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if 
appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 
estimated recoverable amount (note 1(i)).

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds 
with carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

(p) Intangible assets
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as described in note 1(h). Goodwill on 
acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill 
is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might 
be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying 
amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

(ii) Brand names and trade marks
The useful life of brands are assessed on acquisition. The brands which 
are not considered to have foreseeable brand maturity dates have 
been assessed as having indefinite useful lives as there is a view that 
there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which key brands are 
expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity. These brands 
are therefore not amortised. Instead, these brand names are tested 
for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired, and are carried  
at cost less accumulated impairment losses

Brands with a limited useful life are amortised over five years using 
the straight-line method and are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses.

(iii) Computer software
All costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of 
major computer software or subsequent upgrades and material 
enhancements, which can be reliably measured and are not integral 
to a related asset, are capitalised as intangible assets. Direct costs may 
include internal payroll and on-costs for employees directly associated 
with the project. Costs incurred on computer software maintenance 
or during the planning phase are expensed as incurred. Computer 
software is amortised over the period of time during which the 
benefits are expected to arise, being five to 10 years.

(iv) Lease rights
Lease rights represent the amount paid up-front to take over store site 
leases from the existing lessee where such payments are in addition 
to the ongoing payment of normal market lease rentals. Lease rights 
are amortised over the term of the lease plus any renewal options 
reasonably certain to be utilised at the time of acquisition of the lease 
rights, being 13 to 17 years.

(q) Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided 
to the Group prior to the end of financial period which are unpaid. 
The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 90 days 
of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current 
liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the 
reporting date.

(r) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs 
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. 
Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and 
the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period 

of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid 
on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction 
costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of 
the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until 
the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is 
probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is 
capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over 
the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 
months after the reporting period.

(s) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset 
are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete 
and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing 
costs are expensed.

(t) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the 
amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for 
future operating losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an 
outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering 
the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if 
the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in 
the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best 
estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation 
at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to 
determine the present value reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

The Group is self-insured for costs relating to workers’ compensation 
and general liability claims in certain states. Provisions are recognised 
based on claims reported, and an estimate of claims incurred but not 
yet reported, prior to balance date. These provisions are determined 
utilising an actuarially determined method, which is based on various 
assumptions including but not limited to future inflation, average 
claim size and claim administrative expenses. These assumptions are 
reviewed annually and any reassessment of these assumptions will 
affect the workers’ compensation expense.

(u) Employee benefits
(i) Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits 
and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the 
end of the period in which the employees render the related service 
are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the 
reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be 
paid when the liabilities are settled. The liability for annual leave is 
recognised in the provision for employee benefits. All other short-term 
employee benefit obligations are presented as payables.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled 
within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees 
render the related service is recognised in the provision for employee 
benefits and measured as the present value of expected future 
payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees 
up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit 
method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary 
levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. 
Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the 
end of the reporting period on national government bonds with 

78    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   78

8/10/14   1:06 PM

terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the 
estimated future cash outflows.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet 
if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement 
for at least 12 months after the reporting date, regardless of when the 
actual settlement is expected to occur.

(iii) Retirement benefit obligations
The Group contributes to a number of superannuation funds that 
have been established to provide benefits for employees. Apart from 
one defined benefit fund, with a range of member categories, all 
funds are defined contribution funds, and contributions to them are 
recognised as an expense as they become payable.

The defined benefit fund that the Group contributes to is currently 
administered through Mercer Human Resource Consulting within 
a Mercer Master Trust arrangement on behalf of Myer. The defined 
benefit fund provides defined lump sum pension benefits based 
on years of service and final average salary. Myer defined benefit 
members who were members of the Coles Myer Defined Benefit Fund 
were transferred to the Myer Fund effective 2 June 2006. The fund is 
closed to new members and only existing defined benefit members 
were eligible for membership.

A liability or asset in respect of the defined benefit fund is recognised 
in the balance sheet, and is measured as the present value of the 
defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less 
the fair value of the fund’s assets at that date and any unrecognised 
past service cost. The present value of the defined benefit obligation 
is based on expected future payments that arise from membership 
of the fund to the end of the reporting period, calculated annually 
by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. 
Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, 
experience of employee departures and periods of service.

Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the 
end of the reporting period on government bonds with terms to 
maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated 
future cash outflows.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and 
changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the period in 
which they occur, outside profit or loss directly in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

(iv) Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit 
sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit 
attributable to the Group’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The 
Group recognises a provision where contractually obliged or where 
there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

(v) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated 
before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts 
voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group 
recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to 
either terminating the employment of current employees according 
to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or providing 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage 
voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after 
the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.

(vi) Share-based payments
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees via 
the Myer Equity Incentive Plan. Information relating to these schemes 
is set out in note 36.

The fair value of options granted under the plan is recognised as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. 

The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to 
the fair value of the options granted, which includes any market 
performance conditions but excludes the impact of any services and 
non-market performance vesting conditions and the impact of any 
non-vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about 
the number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is 
recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all 
the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each 
period, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that 
are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It 
recognises the impact of revisions to original estimates, if any, in profit 
or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

The Myer Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Myer Equity  
Plans Trust (see note 1(b)(ii)). When options are exercised, the trust 
transfers the appropriate number of shares to the employee.  
The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction 
costs are credited directly to equity.

(v) Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are 
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity 
instruments, for example as the result of a share buy-back or a share-
based payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from 
equity attributable to the owners of Myer Holdings Limited as treasury 
shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary 
shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of 
any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related 
income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of 
Myer Holdings Limited.

(w) Dividends
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being 
appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, 
on or before the end of the financial period but not distributed at 
balance date.

(x) Earnings per share
(i) Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

 ›

the profit attributable to owners of the Company

 › by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 

during the financial period, adjusted for bonus elements in 
ordinary shares issued during the period and excluding  
treasury shares.

(ii) Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the 
determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:

 ›

 ›

the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs 
associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares; and

the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that 
would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all 
dilutive potential ordinary shares.

(y) Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of 
associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the 
taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

79  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   79

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1  Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(y) Goods and Services Tax (GST) continued 
Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST 
receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or 
payables in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of 
cash flows arising from investing or financing activities, which are 
recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as 
operating cash flow.

(z) Rounding of amounts
The Group has taken advantage of Class Order 98/100, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the 
‘rounding off’ of amounts in the financial statements. Amounts in the 
financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand 
dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar.

80    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   80

8/10/14   1:06 PM

(aa) New accounting standards and interpretations
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 26 July 2014 reporting period.  
The Group’s assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations, that were considered relevant for the consolidated entity,  
is set out below.

Application
date of
standard

1 January 2017

Reference

Title

Summary

Financial 
Instruments

AASB 9 
Amendments 
were made to 
this and other 
standards via 
AASB 2010-7, 
AASB 2010-
10 and AASB 
2013-9

AASB 9 includes requirements for the classification 
and measurement of financial assets. It was further 
amended by AASB 2010-7 to reflect amendments 
to the accounting for financial liabilities. The main 
changes are described below:
 ›

The standard will affect the accounting of 
available for sale financial assets, since AASB 9 
only permits the recognition of fair value gains 
and losses in other comprehensive income if 
they relate to equity investments that are not 
held for trading. 

 › Where the fair value option is used for financial 
liabilities, the change in fair value is accounted 
for in other comprehensive income if it relates 
to changes in credit risk. The remaining change 
is presented in the income statement.

In December 2013, a revised standard was issued 
and sets out the new rules for hedge accounting. 
The main changes are described below:

 › New hedge accounting requirements 

including changes to hedge effectiveness 
testing, treatment of hedging costs, risk 
components that can be hedged and 
disclosures.
Expanded disclosure requirements and 
changes in presentation.

 ›

IFRS 15

Revenue from 
Contracts with 
Customers

The core principle of the new revenue recognition 
standard is that revenue must be recognised 
when the goods or services are transferred to the 
customer, at the transaction price.

1 January 2017

Application
date for
Group for
financial 
year ending

28 July 2018

28 July 2018

Impact on 
Group’s 
financial
statements

There will be no 
material impact 
on the Group’s 
accounting for 
financial liabilities, 
as the new 
requirements only 
affect the accounting 
for financial liabilities 
that are designated 
at fair value through 
profit or loss and 
the Group does 
not have any such 
liabilities. The Group 
also does not have 
any available for sale 
financial assets.

The Group has 
not yet assessed 
how its hedging 
arrangements would 
be affected by the 
new rules; however, it 
does not expect the 
impact to be material. 
Increased disclosures 
may be required 
in the financial 
statements.

The Group does 
not expect the new 
accounting standard 
to have a significant 
impact.

81  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   81

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

1  Summary of significant accounting policies  continued
(ab) Parent entity financial information
The financial information for the parent entity, Myer Holdings Limited, disclosed in note 34, has been prepared on the same basis as the 
consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

(i) Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited.

(ii) Tax consolidation legislation
Myer Holdings Limited and its wholly owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation.

The head entity, Myer Holdings Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated Group continue to account for their own current and 
deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated Group continues to be a stand-alone taxpayer in 
its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Myer Holdings Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the 
deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated Group.

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly owned entities fully compensate Myer Holdings Limited for 
any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Myer Holdings Limited for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating 
to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Myer Holdings Limited under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding 
amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly owned entities’ financial statements.

The funding amounts are recognised as current intercompany receivables or payables.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable 
to other entities in the Group.

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a 
contribution to (or distribution from) wholly owned tax consolidated entities.

(ac) Comparative amounts
Where current period balances have been classified differently when compared to the prior period, comparative disclosures have been restated 
to ensure consistency of presentation between periods. To better reflect the nature of certain items of income and expense within the income 
statement, certain items previously classified as ‘Other Income’ within Operating Gross Profit have been reclassified to Other Operating Revenue 
($9.9 million), Cost of Goods Sold ($7.7 million), Selling Expenses ($10.8 million) and Administration Expenses (-$4.2 million). This resulted in  
the reduction of ‘Other Income’ from $24.6 million to $0.5 million with the remaining balance reclassified below Operating Gross Profit.  
These adjustments resulted in a net reduction in Operating Gross Profit of $7.1 million with a corresponding decrease in items below  
Operating Gross Profit.

2   Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictably of financial markets and seeks to minimise 
potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign exchange 
contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge certain risk exposures. Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes, i.e. not as trading or 
other speculative instruments. The Group uses different methods to measure different types of risk to which it is exposed. These methods include 
sensitivity analysis in the case of interest rate and foreign exchange risk, and an aging analysis for credit risk.

Risk management is carried out by the Company under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Company identifies, evaluates and 
hedges financial risks. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as 
foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and use of financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments.

(a) Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is  
not the entity’s functional currency.

The Group sources inventory purchases overseas and is exposed to foreign exchange risk, particularly in relation to currency exposures to  
the US dollar.

To minimise the effects of a volatile and unpredictable exchange rate, Group policy is to enter into forward exchange contracts in relation to  
the Group’s overseas purchases for any 12 month period. The actual level of cover taken fluctuates depending on the period until settlement  
of the foreign currency transaction, within the Board approved hedging policy. This policy allows cover to be taken on a sliding scale between  
25 –100% depending on the period to maturity (up to 12 months).

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Australian dollars, was as follows: 

Trade payables

Forward exchange contracts

USD
$’000 

 26,425 

 183,151 

2014 

EURO
$’000 

 585 

 – 

GBP
$’000 

44 

 – 

USD
$’000 

21,873 

 108,982 

2013

EURO 
$’000 

 863 

 – 

HKD
$’000 

 82 

 – 

82    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   82

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Group sensitivity
The Group applies a prudent cash flow hedging policy approach whereby all forward exchange contracts in relation to the Group’s overseas 
purchases are designated as cash flow hedges at inception. Subsequent testing of effectiveness ensures that all effective hedge movements flow 
through the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. Consistent with this approach, the sensitivity for movements in foreign exchange rates for 
the US dollar denominated financial instruments held at 26 July 2014, as detailed in the above table, will flow through equity and will therefore 
have minimal impact on profit.

Other components of equity would have been $14.4 million lower/$17.0 million higher (2013: $6.3 million lower/$7.8 million higher) had the 
Australian dollar strengthened/weakened by 10% against the US dollar, arising from foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges. 
The Group’s exposure to other foreign exchange movements is not material.

These sensitivities were calculated based on the Group’s period end spot rate for the applicable reporting period.

(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at floating interest rates. Borrowings issued at floating rates expose the Group to 
cash flow interest rate risk. The risk is managed by the use of floating to fixed interest rate swap contracts. During the period, the Group policy 
was to fix the rates between 0 and 50% of its average gross debt. The Group complied with this policy during the period.

Interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises long-term 
borrowings at floating rates and swaps them into fixed rates that are lower than those available if the Group borrowed at fixed rates directly. 
Under the interest rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between 
fixed contract rates and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional principal amounts.

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts outstanding:

Borrowings – variable
Interest rate swaps (notional principal amount)

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

2014

2013

 Weighted
average
interest rate 
%

4.1%
4.7%

 Weighted
average
interest rate
%

4.2%
4.9%

 Balance 
$’000

 422,030 
 (200,000)

 222,030

 Balance 
 $’000

420,824 
 (200,000)

 220,824

The weighted average interest rates noted above for both borrowings and swaps are inclusive of margins applicable to the underlying variable 
rate borrowings.

An analysis by maturities is provided in (c) on the following page.

Interest rate exposure is evaluated regularly to confirm alignment with Group policy and to ensure the Group is not exposed to excess risk from 
interest rate volatility.

At 26 July 2014, if interest rates had changed by +/- 10% from the period end rates with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the 
period would have been $0.4 million lower/$0.4 million higher (2013: $0.4 million lower/$0.4 million higher), mainly as a result of higher/lower 
interest expense on borrowings.

Other components of equity would have been $0.6 million higher/$0.6 million lower (2013: $0.6 million higher/$0.6 million lower) mainly  
as a result of an increase/decrease in the fair value of the cash flow hedges of borrowings.

The range of sensitivities has been assumed based on the Group’s experience of average interest rate fluctuations in the applicable  
reporting period.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with 
banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including receivables and committed transactions. For banks and 
financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. Sales to retail customers are primarily required 
to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk. Where transactions are settled by way of lay-by arrangements, revenue is 
not recognised until full payment has been received from the customer and goods collected.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of the financial assets as disclosed in notes 8, 9, 
and 11.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings as detailed 
below, historical information about receivables default rates and current trading levels.

Based on the credit history of these classes, it is expected that these amounts will be received and are not impaired.

83  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   83

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

2   Financial risk management  continued
(b) Credit risk continued

Cash at bank and short-term bank deposits
AAA
AA
A

Derivative financial assets
AAA
AA
A

2014
 $’000

2013
 $’000

 – 
73,564 
 – 

 73,564

 – 
 –
 – 

 –

 – 
 81,470 
 – 

 81,470 

 – 
9,442
 – 

9,442

(c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an 
adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due and due to close out market positions. Due to the seasonal nature 
of the retail business, the Group has in place flexible funding facilities to ensure liquidity risk is minimised.

Financing arrangements
The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

Floating rate
Expiring within one year (revolving cash advance facility)
Expiring beyond one year (revolving cash advance facility)

2014
$’000

2013
$’000 

 – 
 200,000 

 200,000 

 – 
 200,000 

 200,000 

The long-term revolving cash advance facility comprises the following three tranches totalling $625 million with $425 million drawn  
at period end: 

 ›

 ›

 ›

Tranche A $75 million, fully drawn expires on 21 August 2015

Tranche B $275 million, fully drawn expires on 22 August 2016

Tranche C $275 million, $75 million drawn expires on 21 August 2017

84    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   84

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below analyse the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:

(a) all non-derivative financial liabilities; and

(b)   net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing of 

the cash flows.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying amounts as 
the impact of discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps, the cash flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at 
the end of the reporting period.

Contractual maturities of 
financial liabilities

 Less than
6 months
 $’000

6 – 12
months
 $’000

Between 
1 and 2 
years
 $’000

Between 
2 and 5 
years
 $’000

Over 
5 years
 $’000

Total
contractual
cash flows
 $’000

Carrying
amount
(assets)/
liabilities
 $’000

2014
Non-derivatives
Non-interest bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate

Total non-derivatives

Derivatives
Net settled (interest rate swaps)
Gross settled
 – (inflow)
 – outflow

Total derivatives

2013
Non-derivatives
Non-interest bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate

Total non-derivatives

Derivatives
Net settled (interest rate swaps)
Gross settled
 – (inflow)
 – outflow

Total derivatives

326,840
8,449 
 – 

335,289

 – 
7,533
 – 

 7,533 

 – 
89,817
 – 

89,817

 – 
357,576
 – 

357,576

 596 

 766 

 1,329 

 (106,066)
 110,108 

4,638

 (71,539)
73,043

 2,270

 316,859 
 8,992 
 – 

 325,851 

 – 
 8,290 
 – 

 8,290 

 761 

 992 

 (80,436)
 72,947 

 (6,728)

 (38,038)
 36,035 

 (1,011)

 – 
 – 

 1,329 

 – 
 18,118 
 – 

 18,118 

 649 

 – 
 – 

 649 

925

 – 
 – 

 925 

 – 
 452,161 
 – 

 452,161 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 326,840 
463,375
 – 

790,215

326,840
422,030
 – 

748,870

3,616

3,401

 (177,605)
183,151 

9,162

–
5,253

8,654

 316,859 
 487,561 
 – 

 804,420 

 316,859 
 420,824 
 – 

 737,683 

 2,402 

 2,331 

 (118,474)
 108,982 

 (7,090)

 (9,442)
 – 

 (7,111)

(d) Fair value measurements
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.  
AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value 
measurement hierarchy:

(a)  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

(b)  inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liabilities either directly (as prices) or indirectly 

(derived from prices) (level 2); and

(c)  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).

85  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   85

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

2   Financial risk management  continued
(d) Fair value measurements continued
The following tables present the Group’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 26 July 2014 and 27 July 2013.

2014 
Assets
Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities
Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

2013 
Assets
Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities
Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

 Level 1 
 $’000

 Level 2
$’000

 Level 3 
$’000

 Total 
$’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

8,654

8,654

 9,442 

 9,442 

 2,331 

 2,331 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

8,654

8,654

 9,442 

 9,442 

 2,331 

 2,331 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using 
valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. The fair value 
of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The fair value of forward exchange contracts is 
determined using forward exchange market rates at the end of the reporting period. These derivative financial instruments are included in level 2 
as the significant inputs to fair value the instruments are observable.

The carrying amounts of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair 
value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest 
rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

3  Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the 
related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities within the next financial period are discussed below.

(i) Income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Significant judgement is required in 
determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course 
of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises tax assets and liabilities based on its best estimate of 
the tax implications of the underlying transactions. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such 
differences will impact the current tax provision and deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period in which the final determination is made.

(ii) Impairment
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting 
policy stated in note 1(i). The recoverable amount of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use calculations at a store 
level. Goodwill and certain intangibles can only be tested for impairment at the level of the Group as a whole. These calculations require the use 
of assumptions. Refer to note 14 for details of these assumptions. Should assumptions about future cash flows prove incorrect, the Group may be 
at risk of impairment write-downs.

(iii) Recoverable amount of inventory
Management has assessed the value of inventory that is likely to be sold below cost using past experience and judgement on the likely sell 
through rates of various items of inventory, and booked a provision for this amount. To the extent that these judgements and assumptions prove 
incorrect, the Group may be exposed to potential additional inventory write-downs in future periods.

86    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   86

8/10/14   1:06 PM

4  Segment information
Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer that are used to make 
strategic decisions about the allocation of resources.

The Chief Executive Officer considers the business based on total store and product portfolio, and has identified that the Group operates in 
Australia in the department store retail segment.

The Group also undertakes activities outside the department store retail business through its subsidiaries, sass & bide and FSS Retail Pty Ltd. 
On the basis that this aspect of the business represents less than 10% of the total Group’s operations, it has not been disclosed as a separate 
reporting segment.

5  Revenue and other income

Revenue 
Sales revenue
Total sales value (excluding GST) 
Concession sales

Sale of goods (excluding GST) 
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods (excluding GST)
Other operating revenue
Concessions revenue
Other

Finance revenue
Interest revenue

Total revenue

Other includes revenue in relation to the gift card non-redemption income and forfeited lay-by deposits.

Other income 
Other

6  Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:
Employee benefits expenses
Defined contribution superannuation expense
Other employee benefits expenses

Total employee benefits expenses

Depreciation, amortisation and write-off expense

Finance costs
Interest and finance charges paid/payable
Fair value losses on interest rate swap cash flow hedges, transferred from equity
Loss/(gain) on remeasurement of financial liability

Finance costs expensed

Rental expense relating to operating leases
Minimum lease payments
Contingent rentals

Total rental expense relating to operating leases

Net foreign exchange gains

Impairment of assets - inventory

87  Financial Report

2014
52 weeks
$’000

2013
52 weeks
$’000 

 3,143,027 
 (491,482)

 2,651,545 
 (39,378)

 3,144,904 
 (485,720)

 2,659,184 
 (37,942)

 2,612,167 

 2,621,242 

 116,616 

 12,153 
 128,769 

 116,302 
 9,991 

 126,293 

 1,025 

 1,417 

 2,741,961 

 2,748,952 

 6,356 

 6,356 

 457 

 457 

2014
52 weeks
$’000

2013
52 weeks
$’000 

 40,002 
 435,099 

 475,101 

 92,320 

 21,408 
 1,523 
– 

 22,931 

 216,084 
 5,339 

 221,423 

 (1,377)

9,779

 37,706 
 423,876 

 461,582 

 89,760 

 26,808 
 768 
 2,206 

 29,782 

 202,655 
 6,557 

 209,212 

 (4,285)

14,148

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   87

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

7  Income tax expense

(a) Income tax expense
Current tax
Deferred tax

Income tax expense

Deferred income tax expense included in income tax expense comprises:
Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets (note 13)
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities (note 18)

(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable
Profit before income tax expense 

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2013: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:
  Non-assessable (gain)/loss on remeasurement of financial liability
  Sundry items

  Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

Income tax expense

2014
52 weeks
$’000

2013
52 weeks
$’000 

 37,058 
 2,798 

 39,856 

 2,140 
 658 

 2,798 

 51,454 
 5,153 

 56,607 

 9,765 
 (4,612)

 5,153 

 138,398 

 41,520 

 186,484 

 55,945 

 – 
 (1,777)

 39,743 
 113 

 39,856 

 662 
 (601)

 56,006 
 601 

 56,607 

(c) Deferred tax relating to items recognised directly in equity

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other 
comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity

  Net deferred tax – debited/(credited) directly to equity (note 21(b))

 (504)

 (594)

(d) Deferred tax relating to items charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges (note 21(b))

8  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash on hand
Cash at bank

(349)

800

2014
$’000

2,837
70,727

73,564

2013
$’000 

 2,845 
 78,625 

 81,470 

Risk exposure
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk is discussed in note 2. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the 
carrying amount of each class of cash and cash equivalents mentioned above.

88    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   88

8/10/14   1:06 PM

9  Trade and other receivables and prepayments

Trade receivables
Provision for impairment of receivables (note (a))

Other receivables
Prepayments

(a) Impaired trade receivables

2014
$’000

 5,357 
 (1,120)

 4,237 
 12,615 
 13,281 

 25,896 
30,133

2013
$’000

 4,353 
 (718)

 3,635 
 10,186 
 10,563 

 20,749 
24,384

As at 26 July 2014, current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $1.1 million (2013: $0.7 million) were impaired. The amount of 
the provision was $1.1 million (2013: $0.7 million).

The ageing of these receivables are as follows:

Up to three months
Over three months

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows:
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Provision for impairment recognised during the period
Receivables written off during the period as uncollectible
Unused amount reversed

Carrying amount at end of period

2014
$’000

 25 
 1,095 

 1,120 

 718 
 406 
 (4)
–

 1,120 

2013
$’000

 57 
 661 

 718 

 411 
 360 
 (53)
 – 

 718 

The creation and release of the provision for impaired receivables has been included in ‘administration expenses’ in the income statement. 
Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

(b) Past due but not impaired
As of 26 July 2014, trade receivables of $0.2 million (2013: $0.2 million) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of independent 
debtors for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

Up to three months
Over three months

2014
$’000

 153 
– 

 153 

2013
$’000 

 65 
 104 

 169 

Based on the credit history of these classes, it is expected that these amounts will be received and are not impaired.

(c) Foreign exchange and interest rate risk
Information about the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk in relation to trade and other receivables is provided in note 2.

(d) Fair values and credit risk
Due to the short-term nature of these receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of receivables mentioned above. 
Refer to note 2 for more information on the financial risk management policy of the Group and the credit quality of the entities’ trade receivables.

89  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   89

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

10  Inventories

Retail inventories

11  Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Forward foreign exchange contracts (i)

Total current derivative financial instrument assets

Current liabilities
Forward foreign exchange contracts (i)

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swap contracts (ii)

Total non-current derivative financial instrument liabilities

2014
$’000

2013
$’000 

 376,763 

 363,880 

2014
$’000

–

–

 5,253 

 5,253 

 3,401 

 3,401 

2013
$’000 

 9,442 

 9,442 

 – 

 – 

 2,331 

 2,331 

(a) Instruments used by the Group
The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to fluctuations in interest and 
foreign exchange rates in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies (refer to note 2).

(i) Forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges
The Group makes purchases in numerous currencies, primarily US dollars. In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the Group has 
entered into forward exchange contracts to purchase US dollars.

These contracts are hedging highly probable forecasted purchases for the ensuing financial period. The contracts are timed to mature when 
payments for shipments of inventory are scheduled to be made.

The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. When the 
cash flows occur, the Group adjusts the initial measurement of the inventory recognised in the balance sheet by the related amount deferred  
in equity.

During the period ended 26 July 2014, nil (2013: nil) was reclassified from equity and included in the cost of inventory. There was no hedge 
ineffectiveness in the current or prior period.

(ii) Interest rate swap contracts
Bank loans of the Group currently bear an average variable interest rate of 4.12% (2013: 4.25%). It is the Group’s policy to protect part of the loans 
from exposure to increasing interest rates. Accordingly, the Group has entered into interest rate swap contracts under which it is obliged to 
receive interest at variable rates and to pay interest at fixed rates.

Swaps currently in place cover approximately 47.1% (2013: 47.1%) of the Group’s debt facility (refer to note 19 for details of the Group’s 
borrowings). The notional principal amounts used in the swap agreements match the terms of the debt facilities. In relation to the debt facilities 
the fixed interest rates range between 2.97% and 3.99% (2013: 2.908% and 3.99%) and the variable rates under the swap agreements are the 
Bank Bill Swap Rate bid (BBSY Bid).

The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each three months. The contracts are settled on a net basis.

The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instruments at fair value is deferred in equity in the hedging reserve, to the extent that the hedge 
is effective, and reclassified into the income statement when the hedged interest expense is recognised. In the period ended 26 July 2014  
$1.5 million was reclassified in profit and loss (2013: $0.8 million) and included in finance cost. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the  
current period.

(b) Risk exposures
Information about the Group’s exposure to credit risk, foreign exchange and interest rate risk is provided in note 2. The maximum exposure to 
credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of derivative financial assets mentioned above.

90    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   90

8/10/14   1:06 PM

12  Property, plant and equipment

At 28 July 2012
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Period ended 27 July 2013
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated depreciation
Depreciation charge

Exchange differences

 Freehold
land 
 $’000

 Freehold
buildings
 $’000 

 Fixtures 
and fittings
 $’000 

 Plant 
and
equipment
 $’000

 Capital
works in
progress
 $’000 

 10,100 
 – 

 10,100 

 10,100 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

–

 19,500 
 (3,006)

 16,494 

 16,494 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (488)

–

 384,220 
 (146,879)

 237,341 

 334,140 
 (102,936)

 231,204 

237,341
 3,198 
 25,598
 (2,549)
1,683 
 (36,955)

7

 231,204 
 5,787 
 19,137
 (1,199)
 888 
 (26,539)

(63)

 20,343 
 – 

 20,343 

 20,343 
 49,663 
 (44,821)
 – 
 – 
 – 

145

 Total
 $’000 

768,303
 (252,821)

 515,482 

 515,482 
 58,648 
 (86)
 (3,748)
 2,571 
 (63,982)

89

Carrying amount at end of period

 10,100 

 16,006 

228,323 

 229,215 

25,330

 508,974 

At 27 July 2013
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Period ended 26 July 2014
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions
Additions – acquisition
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated depreciation
Assets disposal
Depreciation charge
Exchange differences

Carrying amount at end of period

At 26 July 2014
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

 10,100 
 – 

 10,100 

 10,100 
 – 
 – 
 –  
 –  
 –  
(500)
 –  
 –  

 9,600 

 9,600 
 –  

 9,600 

 19,500 
 (3,494)

 16,006

 16,006 
 – 
 – 
 –  
 –  
 –  
–
 (488)
 –  

 15,518 

 19,500 
 (3,982)

 15,518 

 410,474 
 (182,151)

357,863
 (128,648)

25,330
 – 

823,267
 (314,293)

 228,323 

 229,215 

 25,330 

 508,974 

 228,323 
 7,391 
 162 
 16,012 
 (11,831)
 10,584 
–
 (34,605)
 1 

 229,215 
 8,542 
 – 
 22,679 
 (7,401)
 6,467 
–
 (28,592)
 (4)

 25,330 
 43,787 
 –
 (38,136)
 –  
 –  
–
 –  
 (161)

 508,974 
 59,720 
 162
 555 
 (19,232)
 17,051 
(500)
 (63,685)
 (164)

 216,037 

 230,906 

 30,820 

 502,881 

 422,209 
 (206,172)

 381,679 
 (150,773)

 216,037 

 230,906 

 30,820 
 –  

 30,820 

 863,808 
 (360,927)

 502,881 

91  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   91

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

13  Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets comprise temporary differences attributable to:
Employee benefits
Non-employee provisions and accruals
Amortising deductions
Trading stock
Other
Tax losses

Total deferred tax assets
Set off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set off provisions (note 18)

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets expected to be recovered within 12 months
Deferred tax assets expected to be recovered after more than 12 months

Movements:
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Credited (charged) to income statement (note 7)
Credited (charged) to other comprehensive income

Carrying amount at end of period

2014
$’000

2013
$’000 

 20,076 
12,609
837
4,990
–
1,521

40,033
 (26,335)

 13,698 

 26,507 
 13,526 

40,033

 42,872 
 (2,140)
 (699)

 40,033 

 21,232 
 9,706 
 4,280 
 4,946 
 1,245 
 1,463 

 42,872 
 (26,026)

 16,846 

 25,933 
 16,939 

42,872

 51,403 
 (9,765)
 1,234 

 42,872 

92    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   92

8/10/14   1:06 PM

14  Intangible assets

At 28 July 2012
Cost
Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Period ended 27 July 2013
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions 
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Amortisation charge*
Exchange differences

Carrying amount at end of period

At 27 July 2013
Cost
Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Period ended 26 July 2014
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions 
Additions – acquisition
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated amortisation
Amortisation charge*
Exchange differences

Carrying amount at end of period

At 26 July 2014
Cost
Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

 Brand 
names
and
trade marks
$’000

 Goodwill
 $’000

 Software
 $’000 

 Lease 
rights
 $’000 

 Total
 $’000 

 376,631 
–

 376,631 

 376,631 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 376,631 

 376,631 
 – 

 376,631 

 376,631 
 –  
–
 –  
 –  
–
 –  
– 

 376,631  

 376,631 
 – 

 376,631 

 428,115 
 (2,205)

 425,910 

 425,910 
 406 
 – 
 – 
 (14)
 – 

 426,302 

 428,520 
 (2,218)

 426,302 

 426,302 
 –  
 1,438 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 (14)
 –  

427,726

 183,560 
 (66,089)

 117,471 

 117,471 
 18,860 
 86 
 (1,991)
 (20,984)
 117 

 113,559 

 200,632 
 (87,073)

 113,559 

 113,559 
 27,234 
 –  
 (555)
 (2,822)
 918 
 (20,853)
 (82)

 117,399 

 48,540 
 (32,403)

 16,137 

 1,036,846 
 (100,697)

 936,149 

 16,137 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (1,612)
 – 

 14,525 

 936,149 
 19,266 
 86 
 (1,991)
 (22,610)
 117 

 931,017 

 48,540 
 (34,015)

 14,525 

 1,054,323 
 (123,306)

 931,017 

 14,525 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 (3,683)
 –  

 10,842 

 931,017 
 27,234 
 1,438 
 (555)
 (2,822)
 918 
 (24,550)
 (82)

 932,598 

 429,958 
 (2,232)

 224,489 
 (107,090)

 48,540 
 (37,698)

 1,079,618 
 (147,020)

 427,726 

 117,399 

 10,842 

 932,598 

*  Amortisation of $24.5 million (2013: $22.6 million) is included in administration and selling expenses in the income statement.

(a) Impairment tests for goodwill and intangibles with an indefinite useful life
The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the Myer business amounting to $349.5 million cannot be allocated to the Group’s individual cash 
generating units (the Group’s stores), and hence has been allocated to the business as a whole. Similarly, brand names which have an indefinite 
useful life and amounting to $402.8 million have been allocated to the business as a whole.

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the sass & bide business amounting to $27.1 million cannot be allocated to the individual cash 
generating units (the sass & bide stores), and hence has been allocated to the sass & bide business as a whole. Similarly, the sass & bide brand 
name, which has an indefinite useful life and amounting to $23.5 million has been allocated to the sass & bide business as a whole.

AASB 136 Impairment of Assets requires goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life to be tested annually for impairment. In 
testing these assets for impairment, the recoverable amount of each business has been determined using a value in use calculation. This 
calculation uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond five-
year periods are extrapolated using a terminal growth rate of 2.5%. Key assumptions used in the calculation were as follows:
 › discount rate (pre tax) 14.4% (2013: 14.4%)
 ›
terminal growth rate 2.5% (2013: 2.5%)
 › operating gross profit margin 41% (2013: 41%)

Neither goodwill nor indefinite lived intangibles were impaired at the end of the reporting period. Sensitivity analysis on reasonably possible 
changes in assumptions did not result in an outcome where an impairment would be required.

93  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   93

8/10/14   1:06 PM

  
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

15  Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other payables

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing.

16  Provisions

Current
Employee benefits
Workers’ compensation (a)
Sales returns (b)
Other

Non-current
Employee benefits
Fixed lease rental increases (c)
Other 

2014
$’000

 203,473 
 224,593 

 428,066 

2013
$’000

 189,856 
 197,817 

 387,673 

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 60,802 
 15,883 
 2,763 
 2,719 

 82,167 

 5,811 
 8,186 
 42 

 61,261 
 18,781 
 2,763 
 1,499 

 84,304 

 5,961 
 7,266 
 16 

 14,039 

 13,243 

(a) Workers’ compensation
The amount represents a provision for workers’ compensation claims in certain states, for which the Group is self insured.

(b) Sales returns
The amount represents a provision for potential sales returns under the Group’s returns policy.

(c) Fixed lease rental increases
The Group is party to a number of leases that include fixed rental increases during their term. In accordance with AASB 117 Leases, the total 
rentals over these leases are being expensed over the lease term on a straight line basis. The above provision reflects the difference between  
the future committed payments under these leases and the total future expense.

(d) Movement in provisions
Movement in each class of provision during the financial period, other than employee benefits, are set out below:

2014
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additional provisions recognised during the period
Amounts utilised during the period

Carrying amount at end of period

Workers’ 
compensation
$’000

Sales
returns
$’000

18,781
 1,559 
 (4,457)

 15,883 

 2,763 
 2,763 
 (2,763)

 2,763 

Fixed lease
rental 
increases
$’000

7,266
 1,049 
 (129)

 8,186 

Other
$’000

1,515
10,603 
 (9,357)

 2,761 

Total
$’000

30,325
15,974
 (16,706)

 29,593

(e) Amounts not expected to be settled within the next 12 months
The current provision for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave and long service leave. For long service leave it covers all 
unconditional entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service. The entire annual leave amount and current 
portion of the long service leave provision is presented as current since the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for 
any of these obligations. However, based on past experience, the Group does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued long 
service leave or require payment within the next 12 months. The following amounts reflect leave that is not expected to be taken or paid within 
the next 12 months.

Current long service leave obligations expected to be settled after 12 months

2014
$’000

28,301

2013
$’000

28,615

94    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   94

8/10/14   1:06 PM

17  Other liabilities

Current
Financial liability (note 21 (b) (iii))

Short-term payable

Non current
Long-term payable

Retirement benefit obligations

18  Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities comprise temporary differences attributable to:
Property, plant, equipment and software
Brand names
Deferred income
Sundry items

Set off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set off provisions (note 13)

Net deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities expected to be recovered within 12 months
Deferred tax liabilities expected to be recovered after more than 12 months

Movement:
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Charged (credited) to income statement (note 7)
Charged (credited) to other comprehensive income

Carrying amount at end of period

2014
$’000

 – 

 2,029 

 2,029 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2013
$’000 

 29,758 

 1,952 

31,710 

 1,000 

 353 

 1,353 

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 13,118 
 8,465 
 2,594 
 2,158 

 26,335 

 14,523 
 8,465 
 1,202 
 1,836 

 26,026 

 (26,335)

 (26,026)

–

–

 731 
25,604

26,335

 26,026 
 658 
 (349)

 26,335 

 845 
25,181

26,026

 30,288 
 (4,612)
 350 

 26,026 

95  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   95

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

19  Borrowings

Non-current borrowings
Bank loans

Total borrowings

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 422,030 

 422,030 

 420,824 

 420,824 

(a) Structure of debt
The debt funding of the Group at 26 July 2014 comprised a revolving cash advance syndicated facility of $625 million. This facility was 
established on 29 October 2009, drawn down on the 6 November 2009 and amended and restated on 3 June 2011. On 9 July 2013, the facility 
went through a second amendment and restatement which included extending the tenure and changing the facility to be entirely a revolving 
cash advance facility. At balance date the following amounts were drawn: 

Bank loans
Less transaction costs

Borrowings

The terms and conditions of the Group’s revolving cash advance facility is as follows:

2014
$’000

 425,000 
 (2,970)

 422,030

2013
$’000

 425,000 
 (4,176)

 420,824 

Revolving cash advance facility – Tranche A
Revolving cash advance facility – Tranche B
Revolving cash advance facility – Tranche C

Amount

$75 million
$275 million
$275 million

Term

2 years
3 years
4 years

Expiry date

21 August 2015
22 August 2016
21 August 2017

As the facility is revolving, amounts repaid may be redrawn during their terms.

(b) Security
The revolving cash advance facility in place at 26 July 2014 is unsecured, subject to various representations, undertakings, events of default and 
review events which are usual for a facility of this nature.

(c) Fair value
The fair value of existing borrowings approximates their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting is not significant.

(d) Risk exposures
Details of the Group’s exposure to risks arising from current and non-current borrowings are set out in note 2. 

96    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   96

8/10/14   1:06 PM

20  Contributed equity

Opening balance
Shares issued to Myer Equity Plans Trust at market value 

Treasury shares
Opening balance
Shares issued to Myer Equity Plans Trust at market value
Shares allocated on exercise of options at $2.14 

Closing balance of treasury shares

Closing balance

2014
 Number 
of shares 

2013
 Number 
of shares 

 583,594,551 
 2,090,000 

 583,384,551 
 210,000 

 585,684,551 

 583,594,551 

(29,700) 
(2,090,000)
2,110,500

 (25,200)
 (210,000)
 205,500 

2014 
 $’000

 558,728 
 5,518 

 564,246 

 (38,512)
 (5,518)
 4,516 

 (9,200)

 (29,700)

 (39,514)

2013 
 $’000

 558,107 
 621 

 558,728 

 (38,331)
 (621)
 440 

 (38,512)

 585,675,351 

 583,564,851

 524,732 

 520,216 

(a) Ordinary shares
The ordinary shares issued are fully paid. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the 
Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each 
share is entitled to one vote.

(b) Treasury shares
Treasury shares are shares in Myer Holdings Limited that are held by the Myer Equity Plans Trust for the purposes of issuing shares under the 
Equity Incentive Plans (see note 36 for further information).

(c) Employee share and option schemes
Information relating to the employee share-based payment schemes, including details of shares issued under the schemes, is set out in note 36.

(d) Capital risk management
The Group’s key objective when managing capital is to minimise its weighted average cost of capital while maintaining appropriate financing 
facilities. This provides the opportunity to pursue growth and capital management initiatives. In managing its capital structure, the Group  
also seeks to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide appropriate returns to shareholders and benefits for 
other stakeholders.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of various balance sheet ratios including the gearing ratio.  
This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.  
Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratios at 26 July 2014 and 27 July 2013 were as follows:

Total borrowings (note 19)
Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 8)

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

2014
$’000

 422,030 
 (73,564)

348,466
893,413

2013
$’000

 420,824 
 (81,470)

 339,354 

 905,642 

 1,241,879 

 1,244,996 

28%

27%

The increase in the gearing ratio during 2014 was primarily driven by a decrease in cash and a decrease in equity associated with dividends paid 
during the year being marginally higher than profits and adverse movement in the cash flow hedge reserve.

97  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   97

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

21  Retained earnings and reserves 

(a) Retained earnings
Movement in retained earnings were as follows:
Balance at beginning of period
Profit for the period
Dividends

Balance at end of period

(b) Reserves
Share-based payments (i)
Cash flow hedges (ii)
Other reserve (iii)
Foreign currency translation (iv)

Movement in reserves were as follows:
Share-based payments
Balance at beginning of period
Share-based payments expense recognised
Income tax (note 7)

Balance at end of period

Cash flow hedges
Balance at beginning of period
Net (loss)/gain on revaluation
Transfer to net profit 
Deferred tax (notes 13 and 18)

Balance at end of period

Other reserve
Balance at beginning of period
Acquisition of non-controlling interests

Balance at end of period

Foreign currency translation 
Balance at beginning of period
Currency translation differences arising during the period

Balance at end of period

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 379,722 
98,499
 (99,470)

 363,357 
 127,212 
 (110,847)

 378,751 

 379,722 

 23,531 
 (7,469) 
 (25,621)
 (511)

 (10,070)

22,185
 1,850 
 (504)

23,531 

 6,039
 (17,190) 
 4,031
 (349) 

 (7,469) 

 (31,650)
 6,029 

 (25,621)

 (598) 
 87

 (511)

 22,185 
 6,039 
 (31,650)
 (598)

 (4,024)

 20,682 
 2,097 
 (594)

 22,185 

 (3,837)
 12,305 
 (3,229)
 800 

 6,039 

 (31,650)
 – 

 (31,650)

 5 
 (603)

 (598)

98    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   98

8/10/14   1:06 PM

(i) Share-based payments
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options and rights granted to employees under the employee share 
plans. Further information on share-based payments is set out in note 36.

(ii) Cash flow hedges
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in equity, as 
described in note 1(n). Amounts are recognised in the income statement when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

(iii) Other reserve
Under the shareholders’ agreement entered into with the non-controlling shareholders at the time of acquisition in 2011, the Group held a 
call option over the non-controlling shareholders’ 35% interest in Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of sass & bide, and the non-controlling 
shareholders had a corresponding put option. These options became exercisable in 2014, two years from acquisition date, at a market value 
of the shares at that time based on a formula contained within the shareholders’ agreement. The potential liability of the Group under the put 
option was estimated at acquisition date based on expectations on the timing of exercise and the exercise price at that future point in time, 
discounted to present value using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The recognition of the put option liability at acquisition date resulted 
in the recognition of an amount to the other reserve within shareholders’ equity and a financial liability within non-current liabilities other, 
reclassified to current liabilities in 2013 when it became payable. 

On acquisition of the remaining 35% of sass & bide, the cash payment of $33.4 million was recorded against the current financial liability and 
non-controlling interests balances were recorded against other reserve.

(iv) Foreign currency translation 
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income as described in 
note 1(d) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to the income statement when the net 
investment is disposed of.

99  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   99

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

22  Dividends

(a) Ordinary shares
Final fully franked dividend for the period ended 27 July 2013 of 8.0 cents (2012: 9.0 cents) per fully paid share 
paid 14 November 2013 (2012: 14 November 2012) 
Interim fully franked dividend for the period ended 26 July 2014 of 9.0 cents (2013: 10.0 cents) per fully paid share 
paid 8 May 2014 (2013: 9 May 2013)

Total dividends paid

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 46,759 

 52,502 

 52,711 

 99,470 

 58,345 

 110,847 

(b) Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period
In addition to the above dividends, since period end the directors have recommended the payment of a final 
dividend of 5.5 cents per fully paid ordinary share (2013: 8.0 cents) fully franked based on tax paid at 30%. 
The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid on 13 November 2014, but not recognised 
as a liability at period end, is: 

 32,212 

 46,685 

(c) Franked dividends
The franked portions of the final dividends recommended after 26 July 2014 will be franked out of existing franking 
credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the period ending 25 July 2015.

Franking credits available for subsequent financial periods based on a tax rate of 30% (2013: 30%)

 17,175 

 19,094 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the reporting date, adjusted for:

(a) franking credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax;

(b) franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; and

(c) franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

The consolidated amounts include franking credits that would be available to the parent entity if distributable profits of subsidiaries  
were paid as dividends.

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the directors since the end of the reporting period, but not recognised  
as a liability at the reporting date, will be a reduction in the franking account of $14 million (2013: reduction of $20 million).

23  Key Management Personnel disclosures
(a) Compensation
Key Management Personnel compensation for the period ended 26 July 2014 is set out below. The Key Management Personnel of the Group are 
persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the Company’s activities directly or indirectly, including 
the directors of Myer Holdings Limited.

Short term employee benefits
Post employment benefits
Long-term benefits
Share-based payments

2014
$

5,313,490
253,983
94,606
519,666

2013
$

4,936,883
211,951
112,410
721,528

 6,181,745 

 5,982,772 

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 47 to 67.

(b) Loans
Details of loans made to directors of Myer Holdings Limited and other Key Management Personnel of the Group, including their personally 
related parties, are set out below.
(i)  Aggregates for Key Management Personnel 

In 2014 and 2013 there were no loans to individuals at any time.

(ii) Individuals with loans above $100,000 during the financial period

 In 2014 and 2013 there were no loans to individuals that exceeded $100,000 at any time. 

(c) Other transactions 
There were no transactions with Key Management Personnel or entities related to them, other than compensation.

100    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   100

8/10/14   1:06 PM

  
 
24  Remuneration of auditors
During the period, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group, and its related practices:

2014
$

2013
$

(a) PwC Australia
(i) Assurance services
Audit services

Audit and review of financial statements and other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

 392,530 

 396,510 

Other assurance services

Audit of rent certificates

  Other services

Total remuneration for other assurance services

Total remuneration for assurance services
(ii) Taxation services

Tax consulting and tax advice

Total remuneration of PwC Australia

(b) Overseas practices of PwC
(i) Assurance services
Audit services

 44,250 
 – 

 44,250 

 43,125 
 6,150 

 49,275 

 436,780 

 445,785 

 46,900 

 483,680 

 183,253 

 629,038 

Audit and review of financial statements and other audit work under the Corporations Act 2001

 68,109 

 65,857 

(ii) Taxation services

Tax consulting and tax advice

Total remuneration for overseas practices of PwC

 25,331 

 93,440 

 28,786 

 94,643 

101  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   101

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

25  Acquisition of non-controlling interests 
On 24 September 2013, the parent entity acquired the remaining 35% of the issued share capital of Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of the 
sass & bide business, for $33.4 million ($30.2 million, net of cash acquired), resulting in 100% ownership. Prior to this, Myer Holdings Limited 
owned 65% in Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd.

26  Business combination
On 6 July 2014, Myer Pty Ltd acquired the business assets of Charlie Brown, a successful women’s fashion brand.

Details of the purchase consideration and the net assets acquired are as follows: 

Purchase consideration:

Cash paid

The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows: 

Net identifiable assets acquired:
Intangible assets
Inventories
Plant and equipment
Provisions

There were no acquisitions in the period ended 27 July 2013.

$’000

 2,999 

Fair
value
$’000

 1,438 
 1,434 
 162 
 (35)

 2,999 

102    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   102

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
27  Contingencies
Contingent liabilities
The Group had contingent liabilities at 26 July 2014 in respect of:

Guarantees

The Group has issued bank guarantees amounting to $49.4 million (2013: $51.5 million), of which $30.5 million (2013: $33.9 million) represents 
guarantees supporting workers’ compensation self insurance licences in various jurisdictions.

For information about other guarantees given by entities within the Group, including the parent entity, please refer to notes 31 and 34.

While the amount and timing of any contingencies are uncertain, no material losses are anticipated in respect of the above contingent liabilities. 

28  Commitments
(a) Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant, equipment and software
Payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 10,553 
 – 
 – 

 10,553 

 16,754 
 – 
 – 

 16,754 

(b) Operating lease commitments
The Group leases the majority of its stores and warehouses under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within one to 30 years. The leases 
have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated.

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 225,526 
 880,983 
 2,145,696 

 209,975 
 798,279 
 1,936,273 

 3,252,205 

 2,944,527 

Not included in the above commitments are contingent rental payments that may arise in the event that sales made by certain leased stores 
exceed a pre-determined amount. The contingent rentals payable as a percentage of sales revenue and the relevant thresholds vary from lease 
to lease.

29  Related party transactions
(a) Parent entities
The parent entity within the Group is Myer Holdings Limited, a listed public company, incorporated in Australia.

(b) Subsidiaries
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 30.

(c) Key Management Personnel
Disclosures relating to Key Management Personnel are set out in note 23.

(d) Transactions with other related parties
 There were no transactions with other related parties during the current period.

103  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   103

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

30  Subsidiaries and transactions with non-controlling interests
(a) Investments in subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the 
accounting policy described in note 1(b):

Name of entity

NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd
NB Russell Pty Ltd
NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd
NB Collins Pty Ltd
Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd
Myer Group Pty Ltd
Myer Pty Ltd
Myer Group Finance Limited
The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd
ACT Employment Services Pty Ltd
Myer Employee Share Plan Pty Ltd
Myer Travel Pty Ltd
Myer Sourcing Asia Ltd
Shanghai Myer Service Company Ltd
Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd
sass & bide Pty Ltd
sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd
sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd
sass & bide UK Limited
sass & bide USA inc.
sass & bide inc.

FSS Retail Pty Ltd

Notes:

Notes

(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(2), (3)
(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(1), (3)
(1), (3)
(1), (3)
(1), (3)
(2)
(2)
(2)

(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(2), (3)
(2), (3)

Country of
incorporation

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Hong Kong
China
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
United Kingdom
USA
USA

(2), (3)

Australia

Class of
shares

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary

Equity
holdings(4)

Equity
holdings(4)

2014
%

2013
%

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

–

(1)   Each of these entities has been granted relief from the necessity to prepare financial statements in accordance with Class Order  

98/1418 issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC). 

(2)   Each of these entities is classified as small proprietary and therefore relieved from the requirement to prepare and lodge financial  

reports with ASIC.

(3)  Each of these entities is party to a deed of cross guarantee, refer note 31.

(4)   The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

(b) Transactions with non-controlling interests
On 24 September 2013, the parent entity acquired the remaining 35% of the issued share capital of Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of sass & 
bide, from the non-controlling shareholders for $33.4 million ($30.2 million, net of cash acquired) (Refer to note 25). There were no transactions 
with non-controlling interests in 2013.

104    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   104

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
31  Deed of cross guarantee
Myer Holdings Limited, NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd, NB Collins Pty Ltd, NB Russell Pty Ltd, Myer Group Pty Ltd, NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd, Warehouse Solutions 
Pty Ltd, Myer Group Finance Limited, Myer Pty Ltd and The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd are parties to a deed of cross guarantee under which each 
company guarantees the debts of the others. FSS Retail Pty Ltd, Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, sass & bide Pty Ltd, sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd and sass & 
bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd joined the deed of cross guarantee on 16 July 2014. 

The Group already owned and controlled Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, sass & bide Pty Ltd, sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd and sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty 
Ltd prior to the companies joining the Deed of Cross Guarantee. The companies were added to the Deed of Cross Guarantee following the 
acquisition of the remaining 35% of the issued share capital of Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of sass & bide, on 24 September 2013 (refer to 
note 25). The sass & bide results have been included in 2014 as if they were in the Deed of Cross Guarantee since the beginning of the financial 
year. Prior year comparatives do not include sass & bide as it did not form part of the Deed in 2013.

By entering into the deed, the wholly owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and directors’ report 
under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

Each of the members of the extended ‘closed group’ are considered to be solvent at 26 July 2014.

(a) Consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings
The above companies represent a ‘closed group’ for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the deed of cross 
guarantee that are controlled by Myer Holdings Limited, they also represent the ‘extended closed group’.

As certain Group entities are not members of the closed group, additional disclosure has been made in relation to the closed group.

Set out on the following page is a consolidated income statement, a consolidated statement of comprehensive income and a summary of 
movements in consolidated retained earnings for the year ended 26 July 2014 of the closed group.

105  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   105

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

31 Deed of cross guarantee continued

INCOME STATEMENT

Total sales value (excluding GST) 

Concession sales

Sale of goods (excluding GST) 

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods (excluding GST)

Other operating revenue (excluding finance revenue)
Cost of goods sold 

Dividend received

Operating gross profit 

Other income 
Selling expenses 

Administration expenses 

Earnings before interest and tax 

Finance revenue 

Finance costs 

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the period 

Profit is attributable to:

    Deed of Cross Guarantee group

    Non-controlling interest

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
    Cash flow hedges
    Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

    Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Summary of movements in retained earnings

Opening balance
sass & bide opening retained earnings
Profit for the period

Dividends paid

Closing balance

2014
52 weeks
$’000

2013
52 weeks
$’000

 3,141,961 

 3,100,100 

 (491,482)

 (501,692)

 2,650,479 

 2,598,408 

 (39,378)

 (37,942)

 2,611,101 

 2,560,466 

 128,769 
 (1,454,015)

129,537
 (1,423,329)

 – 

 4,615 

 1,285,855 

 1,271,289 

 6,356 
 (810,112)

 (319,771)

457
 (768,241)

 (291,388)

 162,328 

 212,117 

 991 

 (22,930)

 (21,939)

 1,379 

 (29,767)

 (28,388)

 140,389 

 183,729 

 (40,106)

 (54,246)

 100,283 

 129,483 

 100,240 

 129,483 

 43 

 –

 100,283 

129,483

 100,283 

129,483

 (13,320)
 248 

 (349)

 (13,421) 

 7,704 
 –  

 1,235 

 8,939 

 86,862 

 138,422 

 379,398 
 3,854 
 100,240 

 360,762 
–
 129,483 

 (99,470)

 (110,847)

384,022

 379,398 

106    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   106

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
(b) Consolidated balance sheet

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 26 July 2014 of the closed group.

ASSETS

Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables and prepayments
Inventories
Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets 
Other financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets 
Intangible assets
Other

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Deferred income
Other

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions
Deferred income
Other

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY 

Contributed equity
Retained earnings
Reserves

Total equity

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 71,185 
 42,497 
 372,853 
 –  

 486,535 

 1,462 
 502,327 
 12,001 
 932,138 
 2,932 

 69,555 
 33,273 
 356,268 
 8,438 

 467,534 

 41,374 
 504,559 
 21,265 
 879,544 
 3,310 

 1,450,860 

 1,450,052 

 1,937,395 

 1,917,586 

 427,167 
 5,253 
 7,516 
 81,616 
6,045
 2,029 

 529,626 

 422,030 
 3,401 
 13,997 
 68,900 
 –  

 508,328 

 381,180 
 – 
 17,165 
 82,506 
5,929
 30,802 

 517,582 

 420,824 
 2,331 
 12,763 
 67,654 
 1,354 

 504,926 

 1,037,954 

 1,022,508 

 899,441 

 895,078 

 524,732 
 384,022 
 (9,313)

 899,441 

 520,216 
 379,398 
 (4,536)

 895,078 

32  Events occurring after the reporting period
Subsequent to 26 July 2014, the directors have determined to pay a final dividend of 5.5 cents per share, fully franked at the 30% corporate 
income tax rate, payable on 13 November 2014. The record date for this dividend is 29 September 2014.

The financial effect of the final ordinary dividend for 2014 has not been recognised in the annual financial statements for the period ended  
26 July 2014 and will be recognised in subsequent financial statements.

There have been no other subsequent events.

107  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   107

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

33  Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Profit for the period
Depreciation and amortisation, including lease inducements
Interest income
Interest expense
Share-based payments expense
Net exchange differences
Change in operating assets and liabilities
  Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
  Decrease/(increase) in inventories
  Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax asset
  Decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
(Decrease)/increase in current tax payable
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
(Decrease)/increase in other liabilities

Net cash inflow from operating activities

34  Parent entity financial information
(a) Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders’ equity
Issued capital
Reserves
  Cash flow hedges
  Other reserve
  Share-based payments
Retained earnings
Profit for the period
Total comprehensive income

(b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

Carrying amount included in current liabilities

2014
52 weeks
$’000

2013
52 weeks
$’000

 98,542 
 86,305 
 (1,025)
 1,233 
 1,850 
 110 

 (6,418)
 (11,049)
 2,294 
 1,924 
 31,151 
 (11,721)
 (1,345)
 (275)

 129,877 
83,559
 (1,402)
 1,646
2,097
(567) 

 (2,289) 
22,002
4,475
 (2,168)
 (13,768)
3,850
 (3,849)
2,062

 191,576 

225,525

2014
$’000

2013
$’000

 208,420 
 1,129,970 
 29,136 
 454,567 

 211,255 
 1,104,911 
 69,960 
 493,116 

 524,732 

 520,216 

 (3,418)
 (1,891)
 17,133 
 138,847 
 128,721 
 126,952 

 (1,648)
 (31,650)
 15,282 
 109,595 
 136,264 
 136,953 

 – 

 – 

The parent entity is the borrowing entity under the Group’s financing facilities. Under these facilities, the parent entity is party to a cross-
guarantee with various other Group entities, who guarantee the repayment of the facilities in the event that the parent entity is in default.

The parent entity is also party to a deed of cross guarantee entered into on 10 May 2010. The details of the deed of cross guarantee are set 
out in note 31. At balance date, no liability has been recognised in relation to these guarantees on the basis that the potential exposure is not 
considered material.

108    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   108

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
 
(c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 26 July 2014 or 27 July 2013. For information about guarantees given by the parent 
entity, please see above.

(d) Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment
The parent entity did not have any contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment as at 26 July 2014 or 27 July 2013.

(e) Events subsequent to balance date
Refer to note 32 for additional events which have occurred after the financial reporting date.

35  Earnings per share

(a) Basic earnings per share
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

(b) Diluted earnings per share
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

(c) Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share
Earnings used in calculation of basic and diluted EPS attributable to ordinary shareholders

(d) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share
  Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

  Options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator  
in calculating diluted earnings per share

2014
cents

16.8

16.6

2013
cents

21.8

21.6

$’000

$’000

 98,499 

 127,212 

 Number 

 Number 

 585,253,946 

 583,425,804 

 6,748,120 

 5,996,592 

 592,002,066 

 589,422,396 

(e) Information concerning the classification of securities
Options and performance rights
Options granted to employees under the Myer Equity Incentive Plan are considered to be potential ordinary shares and have been included 
in the determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. The options have not been included in the 
determination of basic earnings per share. Details relating to the options are set out in note 36.

1,936,093 options outstanding at period end are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they are antidilutive for  
the period ended 26 July 2014. These options could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future.

109  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   109

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

36  Share-based payments
(a) Equity Incentive Plans
The Myer Equity Incentive Plan (MEIP) and Executive Equity Incentive Plan (EEIP) were established to help ensure retention of senior 
management and key staff and to provide incentives for the delivery of both short and long term shareholder returns.

Options and rights are granted under the plan for no consideration, and carry no dividend or voting rights. When exercisable, each option 
or right is convertible into one ordinary share in the Company. Participation in the plan is at the Board’s discretion and no individual has a 
contractual right to participate in the plan or to receive any guaranteed benefits.

Set out below is a summary of options and rights granted under the plan:

Grant type/  
Grant date

2014
Option 
17 Dec 2008
Option 
30 Jun 2009
Option CEO EPS 
06 Nov 2009
Option CEO  
share price 
06 Nov 2009
Right EPS 
21 Oct 2011
Right TSR  
21 Oct 2011
Right CEO EPS  
9 Dec 2011
Right CEO TSR  
9 Dec 2011
Right EPS  
29 Jan 2013
Right TSR  
29 Jan 2013
Right  
29 Jan 2013

Right EPS  
11 Dec 2013
Right TSR  
11 Dec 2013
Right Business 
Transformation 
11 Dec 2013
Right CFO 
11 Dec 2013

Total

Expiry date

Exercise 
price 
($)

Balance
27 July
2013

Granted

Exercised

Expired 
and
lapsed

Balance
26 July 
2014

Vested
 and 
exercisable

24 Oct 2013

$2.14

 2,310,313 

 – 

 (2,110,500) 

 (199,813)

 – 

 – 

24 Oct 2014

$2.34

 2,634,650 

31 Dec 2013

$4.10

 5,152,671 

31 Dec 2013

$5.74

 2,227,723 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 1,089,102 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 1,683,874 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 808,383 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 1,250,000 

31 Oct 2015

$0.00

 419,114 

31 Oct 2015

$0.00

 419,120 

31 Oct 2015

$0.00

 1,330,318 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

31 Oct 2016

$0.00

31 Oct 2016

$0.00

31 Oct 2016

$0.00

31 Oct 2016

$0.00

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 198,838 

 397,684 

 198,841 

 73,426 

–

 (403,000)

 2,231,650 

 315,600 

 – 

 (5,152,671)

 – 

 (2,227,723)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

 (237,125)

 851,977 

 (366,646)

 1,317,228 

 –

 –

 808,383 

 1,250,000 

 (143,381)

 275,733 

 (143,383)

 275,737 

 (192,307)

 1,138,011 

 (70,803)

 128,035 

 (141,609)

 256,075 

 (70,804)

 128,037 

–

 73,426 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 19,325,268 

 868,789 

 (2,110,500)

 (9,349,265)

 8,734,292 

 315,600 

Weighted average exercise price

$2.33 

$0.00 

$2.14 

$3.77 

$0.60 

$2.34 

110    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   110

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Grant type/  
Grant date

2013
Option 
23 Jan 2008
Option 
17 Dec 2008
Option 
30 Jun 2009
Option 
06 Nov 2009
Option CEO EPS 
06 Nov 2009
Option CEO  
share price 
06 Nov 2009
Right EPS  
21 Oct 2011
Right TSR  
21 Oct 2011
Right CEO EPS  
9 Dec 2011
Right CEO TSR  
9 Dec 2011

Right EPS 
29 Jan 2013

Right TSR 
29 Jan 2013

Right  
29 Jan 2013

Total

Expiry date

Exercise 
price 
($)

Balance
28 July
2012

Granted

Exercised

Expired 
and 
lapsed

Balance
 27 July 
2013

Vested
 and 
exercisable

21 Dec 2012

$3.00

 6,221,180 

24 Oct 2013

$2.14

 3,016,663 

24 Oct 2014

$2.34

 3,153,900 

31 Dec 2012

$4.10

 2,521,009 

31 Dec 2013

$4.10

 5,152,671 

31 Dec 2013

$5.74

 2,227,723 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 1,297,858 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 2,006,646 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 808,383 

31 Oct 2014

$0.00

 1,250,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

31 Oct 2015

31 Oct 2015

31 Oct 2015

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

 – 

 – 

 – 

 486,987 

 486,994 

 1,334,843 

 –

 (6,221,180)

 – 

 – 

 (205,500)

 (500,850)

 2,310,313 

 512,500 

 – 

 (519,250)

 2,634,650 

 168,800 

–

 (2,521,009)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 –

 5,152,671 

 – 

 2,227,723 

 (208,756)

 1,089,102 

 (322,772)

 1,683,874 

 – 

 – 

 808,383 

 1,250,000 

 (67,873)

 419,114 

 (67,874)

 419,120 

 (4,525)

 1,330,318 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 27,656,033 

 2,308,824 

 (205,500)

 (10,434,089)

 19,325,268 

 681,300 

Weighted average exercise price

$2.78 

$0.00 

$2.14 

$3.00 

$2.33 

$2.19 

The number of options which expired during the period was 158,813 (2013: 8,267,021).

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of options exercised during the period ended 26 July 2014 was $2.61 (2013: $3.04). 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options and rights outstanding at the end of the period was 0.6 years (2013: 0.9 years).

Fair value of performance rights granted
The assessed fair value at grant date of rights granted during the period is noted below. Fair value varies depending on the period to vesting 
date. The fair values at grant dates were independently determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model that takes into account the 
exercise price, the term of the rights, the impact of dilution, the fair value of shares in the Company at grant date and expected volatility of 
the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the right. The fair values and model inputs for 
performance rights granted during the period included:

(a) Fair value of performance rights granted
(b) Exercise price at grant date
(c) Grant date
(d) Expiry date
(e) Share price at grant date
(f ) Expected price volatility of the Group’s shares
(g) Expected dividend yield
(h) Risk-free interest rate

2014 
EEIP 
Rights (EPS)

2014 
EEIP 
Rights (TSR)

2014 EEIP 
Rights (Business 
Transformation)

2014 
EEIP 
Rights CFO

$2.36
$0.00
11-Dec-13
31-Oct-16
$2.84
32%
6.3%
3.04%

$1.57
$0.00
11-Dec-13
31-Oct-16
$2.84
32%
6.3%
3.04%

$2.36
$0.00
11-Dec-13
31-Oct-16
$2.84
32%
6.3%
3.04%

$2.36
$0.00
11-Dec-13
31-Oct-16
$2.84
32%
6.3%
3.04%

The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the performance rights), adjusted for any expected 
changes to future volatility due to publicly available information.

Where rights are issued to employees of subsidiaries within the Group, the subsidiaries compensate the Company for the amount recognised as 
expense in relation to these rights.

111  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   111

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

36 Share-based payments continued
(b) Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions
Total expenses arising from share-based payments transactions recognised during the period as part of employee benefit expense were  
as follows:

Options and rights issued under the MEIP and EEIP

2014
$’000

 1,850 

2013
$’000

 2,097

Share-based payment transaction expenses represent the amount recognised in the period in relation to share-based remuneration plans. Where 
expectations of the number of options or rights expected to vest changes, the life to date expense is adjusted which can result in a negative 
expense for the period due to the reversal of amounts recognised in prior periods.

112    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   112

8/10/14   1:06 PM

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

In the directors’ opinion:

(a) the financial statements and notes set out on pages 69 to 112 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i)  complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 26 July 2014 and of its performance for the financial period 

ended on that date; and

(b) there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable, and

(c)  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group will be able to meet 

any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 31.

Note 1 (a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board.

The directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

Paul McClintock AO 
Chairman 
Melbourne, 3 October 2014

113  Financial Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   113

8/10/14   1:06 PM

 
 
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

114    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   114

8/10/14   1:06 PM

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

115  Independent Auditor’s Report

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   115

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Independent auditor’s report
continued

116    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   116

8/10/14   1:06 PM

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
as at 23 September 2014

Myer Holdings has one class of shares on issue (being ordinary shares). All the Company’s shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange.

Issued capital

Number of shareholders

Minimum parcel price

   Number

   585,689,551

   52,981

   $2.02

Holders with less than a marketable parcel

   7,217 (1,237,283 shares)

Distribution of shareholders and shareholdings

Range

1 – 1,000
1,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over

Total

Unmarketable parcels

Minimum $500.00 parcel at $2.02 per unit

Twenty largest shareholders

Rank Name

Total holders

25,235
18,989
4,333
4,220
204

52,981

Units

12,304,659
44,622,045
33,950,540
105,157,365
389,654,942

585,689,551

% of issued 
capital

2.10
7.62
5.80
17.95
66.53

100.00

Minimum Parcel Size

248

Holders

7,217

Units

1,237,283

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

BERNARD JOSEPH BROOKES

AMP LIFE LIMITED

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

ECAPITAL NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

QIC LIMITED

BAINPRO NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA

BOND STREET CUSTODIANS LIMITED 

BAINPRO NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

BROOKES FAMILY INVESTMENTS PTY LTD 

MR RICHARD WILLMOT CHADWICK + MRS GWENDA ANN CHADWICK

Total top 20 shareholders of fully paid ordinary shares

Total remaining holders balance

117  Shareholder Information

Units % of Units

126,234,855

21.55

54,280,896

52,237,069

32,199,765

28,829,532

7,868,938

6,225,782

4,867,581

3,946,000

3,476,926

3,330,822

1,845,582

1,815,490

1,792,634

1,698,091

1,692,208

1,572,468

1,524,119

1,500,000

1,335,000

9.27

8.92

5.50

4.92

1.34

1.06

0.83

0.67

0.59

0.57

0.32

0.31

0.31

0.29

0.29

0.27

0.26

0.26

0.23

338,273,758

247,415,793

57.76

42.24

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   117

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Shareholder information
continued

Substantial shareholders
As at 24 September 2014, there are five substantial shareholders that Myer is aware of:

Name 

Harris Associates

Goldman Sachs Group Inc.

UBS AG

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

BlackRock Group

Date of most recent notice

22 May 2014 

25 August 2014

23 September 2014

21 May 2014

16 June 2014

Relevant interest

42,724,764 shares

41,444,348 shares

38,339,954 shares

35,169,489 shares

29,286,209 shares

Voting rights
Shareholders may vote at a meeting of shareholders in person, directly or by proxy, attorney or representative, depending on whether the 
shareholder is an individual or a company. Subject to any rights or restrictions attaching to shares, on a show of hands each shareholder present 
in person or by proxy, attorney or representative has one vote and, on a poll, has one vote for each fully paid share held. Presently, Myer has only 
one class of fully paid ordinary shares and these do not have any voting restrictions. If shares are not fully paid, on a poll the number of votes 
attaching to the shares is pro-rated accordingly. Options and performance rights do not carry any voting rights.

Options and performance rights
Myer has unlisted options and performance rights on issue. As at 23 September 2014, there were 166 holders of options and 243 holders  
of performance rights.

American Depositary Receipt Program
Myer Holdings has a Sponsored Level I American Depositary Receipt (ADR) program. Myer ADRs are not listed on an exchange and are only 
traded in the United States over-the-counter (OTC) market under the code: ‘MYRSY’ and the CUSIP number: 62847V 207.  
One ADR represents four existing ordinary Myer shares. 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (DBTCA) is the Depositary for the Company’s ADR program in the United States. Holders of the 
Company’s ADRs should deal directly with DBTCA on all matters relating to their ADR holdings on the contact details below:

Deutsche Bank Shareholder Services 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
Operations Centre 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn NY 11219

Email: DB@amstock.com

Toll-free number: +1 800 937 5449 
Direct Dial: +1 718 921 8124

118    Myer Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   118

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Shareholder information

continued

CORPORATE DIRECTORY

Registered office
Myer Holdings Limited
Level 7
800 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008                                                 
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 6000

Myer postal address
Myer Holdings Limited
PO Box 869J
Melbourne VIC 3000

Company Secretary
Marion Rodwell
Chief General Counsel and Group Company Secretary

Shareholder enquiries
Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd
Postal address
GPO Box 2975
Melbourne VIC 3001

Myer shareholder information line
1300 820 260
+61 (0) 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia)
investorcentre.com

Investor relations
Davina Gunn
Investor Relations Manager
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7879
Mobile: +61 (0) 400 896 809
Email: myer.investor.relations@myer.com.au 

Olivia Reith
Investor Relations Manager
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7820
Mobile: +61 (0) 438 101 789
Email: myer.investor.relations@myer.com.au

Media relations
Jo Lynch
General Manager Corporate Affairs & Media
Phone: +61 (0) 3 8667 7571
Mobile: +61 (0) 438 101 793
Email: myer.corporate.affairs@myer.com.au

Myer Customer Service Centre
PO Box 869J
Melbourne VIC 3001
Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia) or
+61 (0) 3 8667 6000 (outside Australia)
Fax: +61 (0) 3 8667 6091

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Level 19, Freshwater Place
2 Southbank Boulevard
Southbank VIC 3006

Securities Exchange Listing
Myer Holdings Limited (MYR) shares are listed
on Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

Websites
myer.com.au 
myer.com.au/investor
myerone.com.au

About this Annual Report
The Myer Holdings Limited Annual Report is available
online at myer.com.au/investor. Hard copies can
be obtained by contacting our share registry.

Annual General Meeting
The 2014 Annual General Meeting of
Myer Holdings Limited will be held at
Mural Hall, Level 6, Myer Melbourne,
Bourke Street Mall, Melbourne, Victoria on
Friday 21 November 2014 at 11.00am.

Shop online:

myer.com.au

Find us here:

facebook.com/myer

instagram.com/myer

twitter.com/myer

youtube.com/myermystore

pinterest.com/myermystore

119  Corporate Directory

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   119

8/10/14   1:06 PM

Annual Report 2014

13296 - Annual Report SIMPLICITY_07.10.14.indd   120

8/10/14   1:06 PM